Edgar Filing: MORGAN STANLEY

Form 10-Q

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-11758

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive
offices, including zip code)

36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

(212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number,
including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):


Large Accelerated Filer x		Accelerated Filer ¨
Non-Accelerated Filer ¨		Smaller reporting company ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

As of October 31, 2009, there were 1,359,433,369 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.

LOGO

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the quarter ended September 30, 2009


Table of Contents		Page
Part I—Financial Information
Item 1.	Financial Statements (unaudited)	1
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008	1
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income—Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008	3
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008	4
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008	5
	Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Total Equity—For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009	6
	Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Total Equity—For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008	7
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)	8
	Note 1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies	8
	Note 2. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC	17
	Note 3. Fair Value Disclosures	22
	Note 4. Collateralized Transactions	40
	Note 5. Securitization Activities and Variable Interest Entities	42
	Note 6. Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets	51
	Note 7. Long-Term Borrowings	52
	Note 8. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities	53
	Note 9. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies	61
	Note 10. Regulatory Requirements	66
	Note 11. Total Equity	69
	Note 12. Earnings per Common Share	72
	Note 13. Interest and Dividends and Interest Expense	73
	Note 14. Sale of Bankruptcy Claims Related to a Derivative Counterparty	74
	Note 15. Other Revenues	74
	Note 16. Employee Benefit Plans	75
	Note 17. Income Taxes	75
	Note 18. Segment and Geographic Information	76
	Note 19. Joint Venture	79
	Note 20. Discontinued Operations	80
	Note 21. Subsequent Events	80
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	82
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	83
	Introduction	83
	Executive Summary	85
	Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations and Earnings Per Common Share	92
	Equity Capital-Related Transactions	95
	Business Segments	95
	Other Matters	108
	Critical Accounting Policies	110
	Liquidity and Capital Resources	115
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	127
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	140
	Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)	141


		i


		Page
Part II—Other Information
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	142
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	143
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	144
Item 6.	Exhibits	144


		ii

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Morgan Stanley files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including Morgan Stanley) file electronically with the SEC. Morgan Stanley’s electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site, www.sec.gov.

Morgan Stanley’s internet site is www.morganstanley.com. You can access Morgan Stanley’s Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about/ir. Morgan Stanley makes available free of charge, on or through its Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Morgan Stanley also makes available, through its Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of Morgan Stanley’s equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Morgan Stanley has a Corporate Governance webpage. You can access information about Morgan Stanley’s corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance. Morgan Stanley posts the following on its Corporate Governance webpage:

•

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

•

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

•

Charters for our Audit Committee; Internal Audit Subcommittee; Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee; and Nominating and Governance Committee;

•

Corporate Governance Policies;

•

Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors;

•

Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders;

•

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Contributions;

•

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

•

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

•

Code of Conduct; and

•

Integrity Hotline.

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer and its Controller and Principal Accounting Officer. Morgan Stanley will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. on its internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on Morgan Stanley’s internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.


		iii

Part I—Financial Information.

Item 1.

Financial Statements.

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(dollars in millions, except share data)

(unaudited)


	September 30, 2009		December 31, 2008		November 30, 2008
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	6,218	$	13,354	$	11,276
Interest bearing deposits with banks		22,392		65,316		67,378
Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements		21,753		24,039		25,446
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (approximately $114 billion, $73 billion and $62 billion were pledged to various parties at September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively):
U.S. government and agency securities		82,881		28,012		20,251
Other sovereign government obligations		39,576		21,084		20,071
Corporate and other debt		94,794		87,294		88,484
Corporate equities		52,310		42,321		37,174
Derivative and other contracts		55,265		89,418		99,766
Investments		9,252		10,385		10,598
Physical commodities		4,418		2,126		2,204

Total financial instruments owned, at fair value		338,496		280,640		278,548
Securities received as collateral, at fair value		16,414		5,231		5,217
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell		146,985		122,709		106,419
Securities borrowed		128,922		88,052		85,785
Receivables:
Customers		25,854		29,265		31,294
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		4,937		6,250		7,259
Other loans		6,557		6,547		6,528
Fees, interest and other		11,330		7,258		7,034
Other investments		3,899		3,709		3,309
Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $3,532, $3,073 and $3,003 at September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively)		6,765		5,095		5,057
Goodwill		6,977		2,256		2,243
Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $390, $208 and $200 at September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively) (includes $144, $184 and $220 at fair value at September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively)		5,679		906		947
Other assets		16,325		16,137		15,295

Total assets	$	769,503	$	676,764	$	659,035

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


		1

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except share data)

(unaudited)


	September 30, 2009			December 31, 2008			November 30, 2008
Liabilities and Equity
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,179, $1,246 and $1,412 at fair value at September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively)	$	2,913		$	10,102		$	10,483
Deposits (includes $7,784, $9,993 and $6,008 at fair value at September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively)		62,415			51,355			42,755
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:
U.S. government and agency securities		23,646			11,902			10,156
Other sovereign government obligations		24,020			9,511			9,360
Corporate and other debt		7,743			9,927			9,361
Corporate equities		23,658			16,840			16,547
Derivative and other contracts		39,526			68,554			73,521
Physical commodities		—			33			—

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value		118,593			116,767			118,945
Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value		16,414			5,231			5,217
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		147,344			92,213			102,401
Securities loaned		26,182			14,580			14,821
Other secured financings, at fair value		10,278			12,539			12,527
Payables:
Customers		110,765			123,617			115,225
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		4,381			1,585			3,141
Interest and dividends		3,143			3,305			2,584
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		18,414			16,179			15,963
Long-term borrowings (includes $37,049, $30,766 and $28,830 at fair value at September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively)		196,437			179,835			163,437

		717,279			627,308			607,499

Commitments and contingencies
Equity
Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock		9,597			19,168			19,155
Common stock, $0.01 par value;
Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008;
Shares issued: 1,487,850,163 at September 30, 2009, 1,211,701,552 at December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008;
Shares outstanding: 1,358,900,574 at September 30, 2009, 1,074,497,565 at December 31, 2008 and 1,047,598,394 at November 30, 2008		15			12			12
Paid-in capital		8,441			459			1,619
Retained earnings		34,726			36,154			38,096
Employee stock trust		4,058			4,312			3,901
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(299	)		(420	)		(125	)
Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 128,949,589 shares at September 30, 2009, 137,203,987 shares at December 31, 2008 and 164,103,158 shares at November 30, 2008		(6,131	)		(6,620	)		(7,926	)
Common stock issued to employee trust		(4,058	)		(4,312	)		(3,901	)

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity		46,349			48,753			50,831
Non-controlling interests		5,875			703			705

Total equity		52,224			49,456			51,536

Total liabilities and equity	$	769,503		$	676,764		$	659,035

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


		2

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)


	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009		2008			2009			2008
	(unaudited)					(unaudited)
Revenues:
Investment banking	$	1,226	$	1,025		$	3,393		$	3,284
Principal transactions:
Trading		3,242		13,185			6,304			18,073
Investments		99		(733	)		(1,288	)		(1,557	)
Commissions		1,247		1,107			2,994			3,488
Asset management, distribution and administration fees		2,023		1,379			4,289			4,325
Other		257		1,271			1,093			2,495

Total non-interest revenues		8,094		17,234			16,785			30,108

Interest and dividends		1,989		9,626			5,906			31,532
Interest expense		1,408		8,849			5,659			29,700

Net interest		581		777			247			1,832

Net revenues		8,675		18,011			17,032			31,940

Non-interest expenses:
Compensation and benefits		4,961		5,059			10,872			11,970
Occupancy and equipment		424		316			1,139			930
Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees		309		394			868			1,285
Information processing and communications		360		298			963			903
Marketing and business development		126		166			370			557
Professional services		403		401			1,130			1,253
Other		877		696			2,002			1,472

Total non-interest expenses		7,460		7,330			17,344			18,370

Income (losses) from continuing operations before income taxes		1,215		10,681			(312	)		13,570
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		422		2,974			(615	)		3,759

Income from continuing operations		793		7,707			303			9,811
Discontinued operations:
Gain from discontinued operations (including gain on disposal of $499 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009)		—		756			537			1,553
Provision for income taxes		—		292			204			602

Gain on discontinued operations		—		464			333			951

Net income		793		8,171			636			10,762
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests		36		20			(93	)		55

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	757	$	8,151		$	729		$	10,707

Earnings (losses) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders	$	498	$	7,684		$	(1,301	)	$	10,030

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:
Income from continuing operations	$	757	$	7,700		$	412		$	9,784
Net gain from discontinued operations after tax		—		451			317			923

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	757	$	8,151		$	729		$	10,707

Earnings (losses) per basic common share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	0.39	$	6.97		$	(1.41	)	$	8.82
Gain on discontinued operations		—		0.41			0.28			0.84

Earnings (losses) per basic common share	$	0.39	$	7.38		$	(1.13	)	$	9.66

Earnings (losses) per diluted common share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	0.38	$	6.97		$	(1.41	)	$	8.80
Gain on discontinued operations		—		0.41			0.28			0.83

Earnings (losses) per diluted common share	$	0.38	$	7.38		$	(1.13	)	$	9.63

Average common shares outstanding:
Basic		1,294,298,229		1,040,887,906			1,148,161,310			1,038,803,052

Diluted		1,300,070,107		1,041,677,018			1,148,161,310			1,041,808,270

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


		3

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(dollars in millions)


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009			2008			2009			2008
	(unaudited)						(unaudited)
Net income	$	793		$	8,171		$	636		$	10,762
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)		40			(202	)		98			(252	)
Net change in cash flow hedges(2)		2			5			10			14
Amortization of net loss related to pension and postretirement benefits(3)		8			4			20			14
Amortization of prior service credit related to pension and postretirement benefits(4)		(1	)		(2	)		(4	)		(4	)

Comprehensive income	$	842		$	7,976		$	760		$	10,534
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests		36			20			(93	)		55
Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests		6			(53	)		3			(58	)

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	800		$	8,009		$	850		$	10,537

(1)

Amounts are net of (benefit from) provision for income taxes of $(106) million and $279 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively. Amounts are net of (benefit from) provision for income taxes of $(317) million and $112 million for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively.

(2)	Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $2 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008. Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $6 million and $9 million for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively.

(3)	Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $3 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008. Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $12 million and $9 million for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively.

(4)	Amounts are net of (benefit from) income taxes of $(2) million and $(1) million for the quarters ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively. Amounts are net of (benefit from) income taxes of $(3) million for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


		4

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in millions)


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009			2008
	(unaudited)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income	$	636		$	10,762
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:
Compensation payable in common stock and options		1,021			1,637
Depreciation and amortization		829			532
Gain on business dispositions		(480	)		(2,232	)
Impairment charges		689			—
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements		2,286			12,482
Financial instruments owned, net of financial instruments sold, not yet purchased		(52,560	)		2,295
Securities borrowed		(40,870	)		77,563
Securities loaned		11,602			(79,488	)
Receivables and other assets		(1,029	)		16,488
Payables and other liabilities		(3,167	)		(50,944	)
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell		(24,276	)		(13,953	)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		55,131			87,848

Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities		(50,188	)		62,990

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net (payments for) proceeds from:
Premises, equipment and software costs		(2,307	)		(1,368	)
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(2,160	)		(174	)
Business dispositions		565			743

Net cash (used for) investing activities		(3,902	)		(799	)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net (payments for) proceeds from:
Short-term borrowings		(7,189	)		(16,870	)
Non-controlling interests		—			1,005
Derivatives financing activities		(78	)		855
Other secured financings		(2,261	)		(9,616	)
Deposits		11,060			2,500
Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards		12			—
Net proceeds from:
Morgan Stanley public offerings of common stock		6,212			—
Issuance of common stock		41			296
Issuance of long-term borrowings		36,342			30,159
Payments for:
Long-term borrowings		(28,546	)		(38,506	)
Series D Preferred Stock and warrant		(10,950	)		—
Repurchases of common stock through capital management share repurchase program		—			(487	)
Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding		(37	)		(1,104	)
Cash dividends		(1,445	)		(935	)

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities		3,161			(32,703	)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		869			(581	)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(50,060	)		28,907
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period		78,670			24,659

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period	$	28,610		$	53,566

Cash and cash equivalents include:
Cash and due from banks	$	6,218		$	25,958
Interest bearing deposits with banks		22,392			27,608

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period	$	28,610		$	53,566

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash payments for interest were $5,679 million and $28,854 million for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes were $785 million and $881 million for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


		5

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)


	Preferred Stock			Common Stock		Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Employee Stock Trust			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Common Stock Held in Treasury at Cost			Common Stock Issued to Employee Trust			Non- controlling Interest			Total Equity
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008	$	19,168		$	12	$	459		$	36,154		$	4,312		$	(420	)	$	(6,620	)	$	(4,312	)	$	703		$	49,456
Net income (loss)		—			—		—			729			—			—			—			—			(93	)		636
Dividends		—			—		—			(1,023	)		—			—			—			—			(17	)		(1,040	)
Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects		—			—		307			—			(254	)		—			526			254			—			833
Repurchases of common stock		—			—		—			—			—			—			(37	)		—			—			(37	)
Morgan Stanley public offerings of common stock		—			3		6,209			—			—			—			—			—			—			6,212
Preferred stock extinguished and exchanged for common stock		(503	)		—		705			(202	)		—			—			—			—			—			—
Series D preferred stock and warrant		(9,068	)		—		(950	)		(932	)		—			—			—			—			—			(10,950	)
Gain on Morgan Stanley Smith Barney transaction		—			—		1,711			—			—			—			—			—			—			1,711
Net change in cash flow hedges		—			—		—			—			—			10			—			—			—			10
Pension and other postretirement adjustments.		—			—		—			—			—			16			—			—			—			16
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—			—		—			—			—			95			—			—			3			98
Increases in non-controlling interests related to Morgan Stanley Smith Barney transaction		—			—		—			—			—			—			—			—			4,821			4,821
Increases in non-controlling interests related to the consolidation of two real estate funds sponsored by the Company		—			—		—			—			—			—			—			—			649			649
Decreases in non-controlling interests related to disposition of a subsidiary		—			—		—			—			—			—			—			—			(229	)		(229	)
Other increases in non-controlling interests		—			—		—			—			—			—			—			—			38			38

BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 2009	$	9,597		$	15	$	8,441		$	34,726		$	4,058		$	(299	)	$	(6,131	)	$	(4,058	)	$	5,875		$	52,224

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


		6

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)


	Preferred Stock		Common Stock		Other Morgan Stanley Common Equity			Non- controlling Interest			Total Equity
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2007	$	1,100	$	12	$	30,665		$	1,571		$	33,348
Net income		—		—		10,707			55			10,762
Dividends		—		—		(914	)		(39	)		(953	)
Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects		—		—		1,856			—			1,856
Repurchases of common stock		—		—		(1,591	)		—			(1,591	)
Net change in cash flow hedges		—		—		14			—			14
Pension and other postretirement adjustments		—		—		10			—			10
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		—		(194	)		(58	)		(252	)
Other		—		—		(74	)		—			(74	)
Increases in non-controlling interests related to sales of subsidiary’s shares by Morgan Stanley		—		—		—			132			132
Decreases in non-controlling interests related to disposition of a subsidiary		—		—		—			(514	)		(514	)
Other net increases in non-controlling interests		—		—		—			(6	)		(6	)

BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 2008	$	1,100	$	12	$	40,479		$	1,141		$	42,732

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


		7

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

1.	Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

The Company. Morgan Stanley (or the “Company”) is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management.

A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities includes capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSB”) (see Note 2), provides brokerage and investment advisory services covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.

Asset Management provides global asset management products and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge funds and funds of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, to institutional and retail clients through proprietary and third-party distribution channels. Asset Management also engages in investment activities.

Discontinued Operations.

MSCI. In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”). The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. The results of MSCI were formerly included in the continuing operations of the Institutional Securities business segment.

Crescent. In addition, discontinued operations in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008 include operating results and gains (losses) related to the disposition of certain properties previously owned by Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (“Crescent”), a real estate subsidiary of the Company. The results of certain Crescent properties previously owned by the Company were formerly included in the Asset Management business segment.

See Note 20 for additional information on discontinued operations.

Basis of Financial Information. The condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill, the outcome of litigation and tax matters, incentive-based accruals and other matters that affect the condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Exhibit 99.1 in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K


		8

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

dated August 24, 2009 (the “Form 8-K”). The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

Consolidation. The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest including certain variable interest entities (“VIEs”). The Company adopted accounting guidance for non-controlling interests on January 1, 2009. Accordingly, for consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as non-controlling interests. The portion of net income attributable to non-controlling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests on the condensed consolidated statements of income, and the portion of the shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries is presented as Non-controlling interests on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition and condensed consolidated statements of changes in total equity.

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks of the entity and have the right to make decisions about the entity’s activities, the Company consolidates those entities it controls through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For entities that do not meet these criteria, commonly known as VIEs, the Company consolidates those entities where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of such entities.

Notwithstanding the above, certain securitization vehicles, commonly known as qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPEs”), are not consolidated by the Company if they meet certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they may hold, the types of sales they may engage in and the range of discretion they may exercise in connection with the assets they hold (see Note 5).

For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues. Where the Company has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with the fair value option net gains and losses are recorded within Principal transactions—investments (see Note 3).

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

The Company’s regulated significant U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSJS”), Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc. and MSSB.

Income Statement Presentation. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the delivery of the various products and services to clients, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, the Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest and dividend income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Company’s separate businesses.


		9

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Revenue Recognition.

Investment Banking. Underwriting revenues and advisory fees from mergers, acquisitions and restructuring transactions are recorded when services for the transactions are determined to be completed, generally as set forth under the terms of the engagement. Transaction-related expenses, primarily consisting of legal, travel and other costs directly associated with the transaction, are deferred and recognized in the same period as the related investment banking transaction revenue. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses. Non-reimbursed expenses associated with advisory transactions are recorded within Non-interest expenses.

Commissions. The Company generates commissions from executing and clearing customer transactions on stock, options and futures markets. Commission revenues are recognized in the accounts on trade date.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees are recognized over the relevant contract period. Sales commissions paid by the Company in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets. The Company periodically tests the deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. In certain management fee arrangements, the Company is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenue is accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account/fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. Performance-based fees are recorded within Principal transactions—investment revenues or Asset management, distribution and administration fees depending on the nature of the arrangement.

Financial Instruments and Fair Value.

A significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments is carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. A description of the Company’s policies regarding fair value measurement and its application to these financial instruments follows.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value. All of the instruments within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, are measured at fair value, either through the fair value option election (discussed below) or as required by other accounting pronouncements. These financial instruments primarily represent the Company’s trading and investment activities and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral are measured at fair value as required by other accounting pronouncements. Additionally, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (primarily structured notes), certain Deposits, Other secured financings and certain Long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes and certain junior subordinated debentures) are measured at fair value through the fair value option election.

Gains and losses on all of these financial instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Principal transactions—trading revenues, Principal transactions—investment revenues or Investment banking revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income, except for derivatives accounted for as accounting hedges (see “Hedge Accounting” section herein and Note 8). Interest income and expense and dividend income are recorded within the condensed consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest and dividends are included as a component of the instruments’ fair value, interest and dividends are included within Principal transactions—trading revenues or Principal transactions—investment revenues. Otherwise, they are included within Interest and dividend income or Interest expense. The fair value of


		10

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

over-the-counter (“OTC”) financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of financial condition on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Company nets fair value of cash collateral paid or received against fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement.

Fair Value Option. The fair value option permits the irrevocable fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument. The Company applies the fair value option for eligible instruments, including certain loans and lending commitments, certain equity method investments, certain structured notes, certain junior subordinated debentures, certain time deposits and certain other secured financings.

Fair Value Measurement—Definition and Hierarchy. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions of other market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

•

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

•

Level 2—Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

•

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3.

The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3 (see Note 3). In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to further declines in the valuation of many instruments.


		11

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

Valuation Techniques. Many cash and OTC contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that a party is willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that a party is willing to accept for an asset. For financial instruments whose inputs are based on bid-ask prices, the Company does not require that the fair value estimate always be a predetermined point in the bid-ask range. The Company’s policy is to allow for mid-market pricing and adjusting to the point within the bid-ask range that meets the Company’s best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within the bid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.

Fair value for many cash and OTC contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms (including maturity) as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, correlation, creditworthiness of the counterparty, option volatility and currency rates. Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality and model uncertainty. Credit valuation adjustments are applied to both cash instruments and OTC derivatives. For cash instruments, the impact of changes in the Company’s own credit spreads is considered when measuring the fair value of liabilities and the impact of changes in the counterparty’s credit spreads is considered when measuring the fair value of assets. For OTC derivatives, the impact of changes in both the Company’s and the counterparty’s credit standing is considered when measuring fair value. In determining the expected exposure, the Company considers collateral held and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate the Company’s exposure to each counterparty. All valuation adjustments are subject to judgment, are applied on a consistent basis and are based upon observable inputs where available. The Company generally subjects all valuations and models to a review process initially and on a periodic basis thereafter.

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

See Note 3 for a description of valuation techniques applied to the major categories of financial instruments measured at fair value.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis. Certain of the Company’s assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company incurs impairment charges for any writedowns of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, see Note 3.


		12

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Hedge Accounting.

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt used to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset and liability management. These derivative financial instruments are included within Financial instruments owned—derivative and other contracts or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivative and other contracts in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges), and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 8.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

For purposes of the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks, which are highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and readily convertible to known amounts of cash. The Company’s significant non-cash activities include assets acquired of $11.0 billion and assumed liabilities, in connection with business acquisitions, of $3.2 billion in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009. The nine month period ended September 30, 2008 included assumed liabilities of $77 million. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company consolidated two real estate funds sponsored by the Company with assets of $600 million, liabilities of $18 million and Non-controlling interests of $582 million. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2008, the Company consolidated real estate limited partnership assets and liabilities of approximately $4.7 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively.

Securitization Activities.

The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, corporate bonds and loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations and other types of financial assets (see Note 5). Generally, such transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the Company has relinquished control over the transferred assets. The gain or loss on sale of such financial assets depends, in part, on the previous carrying amount of the assets involved in the transfer allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based upon their respective fair values at the date of sale. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as secured financings (“failed sales”).

Earnings per Common Share.

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends, amortization and the acceleration of discounts on preferred stock issued and allocations of earnings to participating securities. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock unit awards where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.

Effective October 13, 2008, as a result of the adjustment to Equity Units sold to a wholly owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation Ltd. (“CIC”) (see Note 11), the Company calculates EPS in accordance with


		13

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

accounting guidance for determining EPS for participating securities. The accounting guidance for participating securities and the two-class method of calculating EPS addresses the computation of EPS by companies that have issued securities other than common stock that contractually entitle the holder to participate in dividends and earnings of the company along with common shareholders according to a predetermined formula. The two-class method requires the Company to present EPS as if all of the earnings for the period are distributed to Morgan Stanley common shareholders and any participating securities, regardless of whether any actual dividends or distributions are made. The amount allocated to the participating securities is based upon the contractual terms of their respective contract and is reflected as a reduction to “Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders” for both the Company’s basic and diluted EPS calculations (see Note 12). The two-class method does not impact the Company’s actual net income applicable to Morgan Stanley or other financial results. Unless contractually required by the terms of the participating securities, no losses are allocated to participating securities for purposes of the EPS calculation under the two-class method.

In June 2008, the FASB issued accounting guidance on whether share-based payment transactions are participating securities. This accounting guidance addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing EPS under the two-class method as described in the accounting guidance for calculating EPS. Under this accounting guidance, unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. The accounting guidance on whether share-based payment transactions are participating securities became effective for the Company on January 1, 2009. All prior-period EPS data presented have been adjusted retrospectively. The Company’s adoption of this accounting guidance, which addresses the computation of EPS under the two-class method for share-based payment transactions that are participating securities, reduced basic EPS by $0.44 and $0.61 for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008, respectively, and reduced diluted EPS by $0.36 and $0.44 for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008, respectively.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and are reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment.

Deferred Compensation Arrangements.

Deferred Compensation Plans. The Company also maintains various deferred compensation plans for the benefit of certain employees that provide a return to the participating employees based upon the performance of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in such referenced investments related to its obligations to perform under the deferred compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded primarily in Principal transactions—investments. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits.

Accounting Developments.

Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards. In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached consensus on accounting for tax benefits of dividends on share-based payment awards to employees. This accounting guidance requires that the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on restricted stock units that


		14

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

are expected to vest be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The Company adopted this guidance prospectively effective December 1, 2008. The Company previously accounted for this tax benefit as a reduction to its income tax provision. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions. In February 2008, the FASB issued accounting guidance to provide implementation guidance for accounting for transfers of financial assets and repurchase financing transactions. Under this guidance, there is a presumption that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing are considered part of the same arrangement (i.e., a linked transaction) for purposes of evaluation. If certain criteria are met, however, the initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as a linked transaction and shall be evaluated separately. The adoption of this accounting guidance on December 1, 2008 did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets. In April 2008, the FASB issued accounting guidance to provide guidance on the determination of the useful life of intangible assets. The guidance removes the requirement for an entity to consider, when determining the useful life of an acquired intangible asset, whether the intangible asset can be renewed without substantial cost or material modifications to the existing terms and conditions associated with the intangible asset. This accounting guidance replaces the previous useful-life assessment criteria with a requirement that an entity shall consider its own experience in renewing similar arrangements. If the entity has no relevant experience, it would consider market participant assumptions regarding renewal. The adoption of this accounting guidance on January 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Instruments Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock. In June 2008, the FASB ratified the consensus reached for determining whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock. This accounting guidance applies to any freestanding financial instrument or embedded feature that has all of the characteristics of a derivative or freestanding instrument that is potentially settled in an entity’s own stock with certain exceptions. To meet the definition of “indexed to own stock,” an instrument’s contingent exercise provisions must not be based on (a) an observable market, other than the market for the issuer’s stock (if applicable), or (b) an observable index, other than an index calculated or measured solely by reference to the issuer’s own operations, and the variables that could affect the settlement amount must be inputs to the fair value of a “fixed-for-fixed” forward or option on equity shares. The adoption of this accounting guidance on January 1, 2009 did not change the classification or measurement of the Company’s financial instruments.

Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets. In December 2008, the FASB issued guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. The disclosures about plan assets required by this guidance will be effective December 31, 2009 for the Company.

Subsequent Events. In May 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. It requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date—that is, whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued. The Company evaluates subsequent events through the date that the Company’s financial statements are issued, which is the date the Company files Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and its Annual Reports on Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Company adopted this accounting guidance in the quarter ended June 30, 2009. Such adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.


		15

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 166, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets” (“SFAS No. 166”), and SFAS No. 167, “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)” (“SFAS No. 167”), which change the way entities account for securitizations and special-purpose entities.

SFAS No. 166 amends the accounting for transfers of financial assets and will require additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, and where entities have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. It eliminates the concept of a QSPE and changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets.

SFAS No. 167 amends the accounting for consolidation and changes how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the other entity’s purpose and design and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entity’s economic performance.

The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting SFAS No. 166 and SFAS No. 167. The adoption of SFAS No. 166 and SFAS No. 167 may have a significant impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements as the Company may be required to consolidate QSPEs to which the Company has previously sold assets. In addition, the Company may also be required to consolidate other VIEs that are not currently consolidated or de-consolidate entities currently consolidated based on an analysis under the current accounting guidance. SFAS No. 166 and SFAS No. 167 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2010.

FASB Accounting Standards Codification^TM. In July 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance to establish the FASB Accounting Standards Codification^TM (“Codification”) to become the source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. All other accounting literature not included in the Codification will be considered non-authoritative. The Codification does not change current U.S. GAAP. In the quarter ended September 30, 2009, references to authoritative U.S. GAAP literature in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q have been updated to reflect new Codification references.

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance on determining fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifying transactions that are not orderly. This accounting guidance provides additional application guidance in determining fair values when there is no active market or where the price inputs being used represent distressed sales. It reaffirms the objective of fair value measurement—to reflect how much an asset would be sold for in an orderly transaction (as opposed to a distressed or forced transaction) at the date of the financial statements under current market conditions. Specifically, it reaffirms the need to use judgment to ascertain if a formerly active market has become inactive and in determining fair values when markets have become inactive. The Company adopted this guidance in the second quarter of 2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that requires an entity to provide qualitative and quantitative information on a quarterly basis about fair value estimates for any financial instruments not measured on the balance sheet at fair value. The Company adopted the disclosure requirements in the quarter ended June 30, 2009.


		16

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

In August 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-05 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value” (“ASU 2009-05”). ASU 2009-05 updates the Codification and provides guidance about measuring liabilities at fair value. The adoption of ASU 2009-05 on October 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

In September 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-12 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent)” (“ASU 2009-12”). ASU 2009-12 updates the Codification and provides additional guidance about measuring the fair value of certain alternative investments, such as hedge funds, private equity funds, real estate funds and venture capital funds. ASU 2009-12 allows companies to determine the fair value of such investments using net asset value (“NAV”) as a practical expedient. ASU 2009-12 also requires new disclosures of the nature and risks of the investments by major category of alternative investments. ASU 2009-12 will be effective for the Company on December 31, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting ASU 2009-12.

2.	Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC.

Smith Barney. On May 31, 2009 (the “Closing Date”), the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) consummated the previously announced combination of the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group and the businesses of Citi’s Smith Barney in the U.S., Quilter in the U.K., and Smith Barney Australia (“Smith Barney”). In addition to the Company’s contribution of respective businesses to MSSB, the Company paid Citi $2,755 million in cash. The combined businesses operate as MSSB, which the Company consolidates. Pursuant to the terms of the amended contribution agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009 (“amended contribution agreement”), certain businesses of Smith Barney and Morgan Stanley will be contributed to MSSB subsequent to May 31, 2009 (the “delayed contribution businesses”). Citi will own the delayed contribution businesses until they are transferred to MSSB and gains and losses from such businesses will be allocated to the Company’s and Citi’s respective share of MSSB’s gains and losses.

The Company owns 51% and Citi owns 49% of MSSB, with the Company having appointed four directors to the MSSB board and Citi having appointed two directors. As part of the acquisition, the Company has the option (i) following the third anniversary of the Closing Date to purchase a portion of Citi’s interest in MSSB representing 14% of the total outstanding MSSB interests, (ii) following the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date to purchase a portion of Citi’s interest in MSSB representing an additional 15% of the total outstanding MSSB interests and (iii) following the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date to purchase the remainder of Citi’s interest in MSSB. The Company may call all of Citi’s interest in MSSB upon a change in control of Citi. Citi may put all of its interest in MSSB to the Company upon a change in control of the Company or following the later of the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date and the one-year anniversary of the Company’s exercise of the call described in clause (ii) above. The purchase price for the call and put rights described above is the fair market value of the purchased interests determined pursuant to an appraisal process.

As of May 31, 2009, the Company includes MSSB in its condensed consolidated financial statements. The results of MSSB are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. See Note 11 for further information on MSSB.

The Company accounted for the transaction using the acquisition method of accounting. The fair value of the total consideration transferred to Citi amounted to approximately $6,087 million and the preliminary fair value of Citi’s equity in MSSB was approximately $3,973 million. The acquisition method of accounting prescribes the full goodwill method even in business combinations in which the acquirer holds less than 100% of the equity interests in the acquiree at acquisition date. Accordingly, the full fair value of Smith Barney was allocated to the


		17

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed to derive the preliminary goodwill amount of approximately $5,029 million, which represents synergies of combining the two businesses. The Company is still finalizing the valuation of the intangible assets and the fair value of the Company’s contributed businesses into MSSB. When finalized, the amount of total consideration transferred, non-controlling interest, intangible assets and acquisition-related goodwill could change.

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the net assets of Smith Barney as of May 31, 2009 (dollars in millions).


Total fair value of consideration transferred	$	6,087
Total fair value of non-controlling interest		3,973

Total fair value of Smith Barney(1)		10,060
Total fair value of net assets acquired		5,031

Preliminary acquisition-related goodwill(2)	$	5,029

(1)	Total fair value of Smith Barney is inclusive of control premium.

(2)	Goodwill is recorded within the Global Wealth Management business segment. The Company is currently evaluating the amount of goodwill deductible for tax purposes.

Condensed statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of Smith Barney’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and subject to further adjustment as the valuation of certain intangible assets is still in process.


	At May 31, 2009
	(dollars in millions)
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	895
Financial instruments owned		22
Receivables		1,891
Intangible assets		4,890
Other assets		531

Total assets acquired	$	8,229

Liabilities
Financial instrument sold, not yet purchased	$	76
Long-term borrowings		2,320
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		802

Total liabilities assumed	$	3,198

Net assets acquired	$	5,031

In addition, the Company recorded a receivable of approximately $1.1 billion relating to the fair value of the Smith Barney delayed contribution businesses as of May 31, 2009 from Citi. Such amount is presented in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition as a reduction from Non-controlling interests.


		18

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Amortizable intangible assets included the following as of May 31, 2009:


	At May 31, 2009 (dollars in millions)		Estimated useful life (in years)
Customer relationships	$	4,000	15
Technology		411	5
Research		176	5
Intangible lease asset		24	1-10

Total	$	4,611

The Company also recorded an indefinite-lived intangible asset of approximately $279 million related to the Smith Barney trade name.

Citi Managed Futures. Citi contributed its managed futures business and certain related proprietary trading positions to MSSB on July 31, 2009 (“Citi Managed Futures”). The Company paid Citi approximately $300 million in cash in connection with this transfer. As of July 31, 2009, Citi Managed Futures is wholly-owned and consolidated by MSSB, of which the Company owns 51% and Citi owns 49%.

The Company accounted for this transaction using the acquisition method of accounting. The fair value of the total consideration transferred to Citi was approximately $300 million and the preliminary increase in the fair value of Citi’s equity in MSSB was approximately $289 million. The acquisition method of accounting prescribes the full goodwill method even in business combinations in which the acquirer holds less than 100% of the equity interests in the acquiree at acquisition date. Accordingly, the full fair value of Citi Managed Futures was allocated to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed to derive the preliminary goodwill amount of approximately $136 million, which represents business synergies of combining the Citi Managed Futures business with MSSB. The Company is still finalizing the valuation of the intangible assets. When finalized, the amount of intangible assets and acquisition-related goodwill could change.

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the net assets of Citi Managed Futures as of July 31, 2009 (dollars in millions).


Total fair value of consideration transferred	$	300
Total fair value of non-controlling interest		289

Total fair value of Citi Managed Futures		589
Total fair value of net assets acquired		453

Preliminary acquisition-related goodwill(1)	$	136

(1)	Goodwill is recorded within the Global Wealth Management business segment. The Company is currently evaluating the amount of goodwill deductible for tax purposes.


		19

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Condensed statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and subject to further adjustment as the valuation of certain intangible assets is still in process.


	At July 31, 2009
	(dollars in millions)
Assets
Financial instruments owned	$	83
Receivables		86
Intangible assets		275
Other assets		11

Total assets acquired	$	455

Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	$	2

Total liabilities assumed	$	2

Net assets acquired	$	453

As of July 31, 2009, amortizable intangible assets in the amount of $275 million were primarily related to management contracts with an estimated useful life of eight to nine years.


		20

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Pro forma condensed combined financial information

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the results of operations of the Company as they may have appeared if the closing of MSSB and Citi Managed Futures had been completed on January 1, 2009 and January 1, 2008 (dollars in millions, except share data).


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009		2008		2009			2008
	(unaudited)				(unaudited)
Net revenues	$	8,681	$	20,013	$	19,838		$	38,174
Total non-interest expenses		7,464		9,225		19,795			24,126

Income from continuing operations before income taxes		1,217		10,788		43			14,048
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		423		3,009		(522	)		3,884

Income from continuing operations		794		7,779		565			10,164
Discontinued operations:
Gain from discontinued operations		—		756		537			1,553
Provision for income taxes		—		292		204			602

Gain on discontinued operations		—		464		333			951

Net income		794		8,243		898			11,115
Net income applicable to non-controlling interests		37		100		81			198

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	757	$	8,143	$	817		$	10,917

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders	$	498	$	7,677	$	(1,213	)	$	10,227

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	0.39	$	6.97	$	(1.34	)	$	9.01
Gain on discontinued operations		—		0.41		0.28			0.84

Earnings (loss) per basic common share	$	0.39	$	7.38	$	(1.06	)	$	9.85

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	0.38	$	6.96	$	(1.34	)	$	8.98
Gain on discontinued operations		—		0.41		0.28			0.84

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share	$	0.38	$	7.37	$	(1.06	)	$	9.82

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not indicate the actual financial results of the Company had the closing of Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures been completed on January 1, 2009 and January 1, 2008, respectively, nor is it indicative of the results of operations in future periods. Included in the unaudited pro forma combined financial information for the quarters and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, were pro forma adjustments to reflect the results of operations of both Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures as well as the impact of amortizing certain acquisition accounting adjustments such as amortizable intangible assets. The pro forma condensed financial information does not indicate the impact of possible business model changes nor does it consider any potential impacts of current market conditions, expense efficiencies or other factors.


		21

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

3.	Fair Value Disclosures.

Fair Value Measurements.

A description of the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis follows.

Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased

U.S. Government and Agency Securities

•

U.S. Treasury Securities. U.S. treasury securities are valued using quoted market prices. Valuation adjustments are not applied. Accordingly, U.S. treasury securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

•

U.S. Agency Securities. U.S. agency securities are comprised of two main categories consisting of agency issued debt and mortgage pass-throughs. Non-callable agency issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices. Callable agency issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. Mortgage pass-throughs include mortgage pass-throughs and forward settling mortgage pools. Fair value of mortgage pass-throughs are model driven with respect to spreads of the comparable To-be-announced (“TBA”) security. Actively traded non-callable agency issued debt securities are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency issued debt securities and mortgage pass-throughs are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other Sovereign Government Obligations

•

Foreign sovereign government obligations are valued using quoted prices in active markets when available. To the extent quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined based on a valuation model that has as inputs interest rate yield curves, cross-currency basis index spreads, and country credit spreads for structures similar to the bond in terms of issuer, maturity and seniority. These bonds are generally categorized in Levels 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Corporate and Other Debt

•

State and Municipal Securities. The fair value of state and municipal securities is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations and pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or credit default swap spreads and volatility. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

•

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (“RMBS”), Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”), and other Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”). RMBS, CMBS and other ABS may be valued based on external price or spread data. When position-specific external price data are not observable, the valuation is based on prices of comparable bonds. Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions.

Fair value for retained interests in securitized financial assets (in the form of one or more tranches of the securitization) is determined using observable prices or, in cases where observable prices are not available for certain retained interests, the Company estimates fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved.


		22

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

RMBS, CMBS and other ABS, including retained interests in these securitized financial assets, are categorized in Level 3 if external prices or spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

•

Corporate Bonds. The fair value of corporate bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), bond spreads or credit default swap spreads adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data does not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer are used. When observable price quotations are not available, fair value is determined based on cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single name credit default swap spreads and recovery rates based on collateral values as significant inputs. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices, spreads or any of the other aforementioned key inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

•

Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”). The Company holds CDOs where the collateral primarily is synthetic and references either a basket credit default swap or CDO-squared. The correlation input between reference credits within the collateral is unobservable and is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which correlation data are available. The other model inputs such as credit spreads, interest rates and recovery rates are observable. CDOs are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy when the correlation input is insignificant. In instances where the correlation input is deemed to be significant, these instruments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

•

Corporate Loans and Lending Commitments. The fair value of corporate loans is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable) and market observable credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable. The fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is estimated by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of these commitments also takes into account certain fee income. Corporate loans and lending commitments are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

•

Mortgage Loans. Mortgage loans are valued using prices based on trade data for identical or comparable instruments. Where observable prices are not available, the Company estimates fair value based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types, or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Due to the subjectivity involved in comparability assessment related to mortgage loan vintage, geographical concentration, prepayment speed and projected loss assumptions, the majority of loans are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

•

Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”). The Company primarily holds investments in Student Loan Auction Rate Securities (“SLARS”) and Municipal Auction Rate Securities (“MARS”) with interest rates that are reset through periodic auctions. SLARS are ABS backed by pools of student loans. MARS are municipal bonds often wrapped by municipal bond insurance. ARS were historically traded and valued as floating rate notes, priced at par due to the auction mechanism. Beginning in fiscal 2008, uncertainties in the credit markets have resulted in auctions failing for certain types of ARS. Once the auctions failed, ARS could no longer be valued using observations of auction market prices. Accordingly, the fair value of


		23

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

ARS is determined using independent external market data where available and an internally developed methodology to discount for the lack of liquidity and non-performance risk in the current market environment.

Inputs that impact the valuation of SLARS are the underlying collateral types, amount of leverage in each structure, credit rating and liquidity considerations. Inputs that impact the valuation of MARS are independent external market data, the maximum rate, quality of underlying issuers/insurers and evidence of issuer calls. MARS are generally categorized in Level 2 as the valuation technique relies on observable external data. The majority of SLARS are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Corporate Equities

•

Exchange-Traded Equity Securities. Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied and they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative and Other Contracts

•

Listed Derivative Contracts. Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same approaches as those applied to OTC derivatives; they are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

•

OTC Derivative Contracts. OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.

Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be either observed or modeled using a series of techniques, and model inputs from comparable benchmarks, including closed-form analytic formula, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, certain option contracts and certain credit default swaps. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. A substantial majority of OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models fall into this category and are categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other derivative products include complex products that have become illiquid, require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation assumptions and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes derivative interests in certain mortgage-related CDO securities, basket credit default swaps, CDO-squared positions and certain types of ABS credit default swaps where direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. These instruments involve significant unobservable inputs and are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative interests in complex mortgage-related CDOs and credit default swaps, for which observability of external price data is extremely limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal


		24

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

structures (e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment.

For basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions, the correlation input between reference credits is unobservable for each specific swap and is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which correlation data are available. The other model inputs such as credit spread, interest rates and recovery rates are observable. In instances where the correlation input is deemed to be significant, these instruments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure, the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier curves, implied volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the implied correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is estimated using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. Commodity derivatives are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 8.

Investments

•

Investments in Private Equity, Real Estate and Hedge Funds. The Company’s investments include direct private equity investments and investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds. Initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Company as the exit price and is the Company’s best estimate of fair value. Thereafter, valuation is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, expected cash flows and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. In determining the fair value of externally managed funds, the Company also considers the net asset value of the fund provided by the fund manager. These investments are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because, due to infrequent trading, exit prices tend to be unobservable and reliance is placed on the above methods.

Physical Commodities

•

The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, natural gas, base and precious metals and agricultural products. Fair value for physical commodities is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices. Physical commodities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Commercial Paper and Other Short-term Borrowings/Long-Term Borrowings

•

Structured Notes. The Company issues structured notes that have coupons or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. Fair value of structured notes is estimated using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices that the


		25

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

notes are linked to, interest rate yield curves, option volatility, and currency, commodity or equity rates. The impact of the Company’s own credit spreads is also included based on the Company’s observed secondary bond market spreads. Most structured notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Deposits

•

Time Deposits. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated using third-party quotations. These deposits are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008. See Note 1 for a discussion of the Company’s policies regarding this fair value hierarchy.


		26

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of September 30, 2009


	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting			Balance at September 30, 2009
	(dollars in millions)
Assets
Financial instruments owned:
U.S. government and agency securities:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	19,255	$	81	$	—	$	—		$	19,336
U.S. agency securities		21,216		42,324		5		—			63,545

Total U.S. government and agency securities		40,471		42,405		5		—			82,881
Other sovereign government obligations		35,103		4,466		7		—			39,576

Corporate and other debt:
State and municipal securities		—		3,659		736		—			4,395
Residential mortgage-backed securities		—		3,572		771		—			4,343
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		—		3,322		2,226		—			5,548
Asset-backed securities		—		4,134		669		—			4,803
Corporate bonds		—		35,229		1,143		—			36,372
Collateralized debt obligations		—		1,570		1,131		—			2,701
Loans and lending commitments		—		14,030		17,488		—			31,518
Other debt		—		3,489		1,625		—			5,114

Total corporate and other debt(1)		—		69,005		25,789		—			94,794
Corporate equities(2)		45,623		5,827		860		—			52,310
Derivative and other contracts(3)		2,854		113,940		16,154		(77,683	)		55,265
Investments		563		127		8,562		—			9,252
Physical commodities		—		4,418		—		—			4,418

Total financial instruments owned		124,614		240,188		51,377		(77,683	)		338,496
Securities received as collateral		15,853		559		2		—			16,414
Intangible assets(4)		—		—		144		—			144

Liabilities
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	—	$	1,163	$	16	$	—		$	1,179
Deposits		—		7,770		14		—			7,784
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:
U.S. government and agency securities:
U.S. Treasury securities		21,679		3		—		—			21,682
U.S. agency securities		1,569		395		—		—			1,964

Total U.S. government and agency securities		23,248		398		—		—			23,646
Other sovereign government obligations		22,586		1,434		—		—			24,020

Corporate and other debt:
State and municipal securities		—		18		—		—			18
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		—		9		1		—			10
Asset-backed securities		—		53		4		—			57
Corporate bonds		—		4,224		28		—			4,252
Unfunded lending commitments		—		743		470		—			1,213
Other debt		—		2,093		100		—			2,193

Total corporate and other debt		—		7,140		603		—			7,743
Corporate equities(2)		21,155		2,481		22		—			23,658
Derivative and other contracts(3)		4,251		71,993		6,682		(43,400	)		39,526

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased		71,240		83,446		7,307		(43,400	)		118,593
Obligation to return securities received as collateral		15,853		559		2		—			16,414
Other secured financings(1)		22		6,068		4,188		—			10,278
Long-term borrowings		—		29,795		7,254		—			37,049


		27

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

(1)

Approximately $6.5 billion of assets is included in Corporate and other debt and approximately $5.3 billion of related liabilities is included in Other secured financings related to consolidated VIEs or non-consolidated VIEs (in the cases where the assets were transferred by the Company to the VIE and the transfers were accounted for as secured financings). The Company cannot unilaterally remove the assets from the VIEs as these assets are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by these VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. Approximately $5.4 billion of these assets and approximately $3.9 billion of these liabilities are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 5 for additional information on consolidated and non-consolidated VIEs, including retained interests in these entities that the Company holds.

(2)	The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes, equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and size.

(3)

For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 8.

(4)	Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) accounted for at fair value. See Note 5 for further information on MSRs.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of December 31, 2008


	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting			Balance at December 31, 2008
	(dollars in millions)
Assets
Financial instruments owned:
U.S. government and agency securities	$	10,150	$	17,735	$	127	$	—		$	28,012
Other sovereign government obligations		16,118		4,965		1		—			21,084
Corporate and other debt(1)		99		52,277		34,918		—			87,294
Corporate equities		37,807		3,538		976		—			42,321
Derivative and other contracts(2)		1,069		156,224		37,711		(105,586	)		89,418
Investments		417		270		9,698		—			10,385
Physical commodities		—		2,126		—		—			2,126

Total financial instruments owned		65,660		237,135		83,431		(105,586	)		280,640
Securities received as collateral		4,623		578		30		—			5,231
Intangible assets(3)		—		—		184		—			184

Liabilities
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	—	$	1,246	$	—	$	—		$	1,246
Deposits		—		9,993		—		—			9,993
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:
U.S. government and agency securities		11,133		769		—		—			11,902
Other sovereign government obligations		7,303		2,208		—		—			9,511
Corporate and other debt		17		6,102		3,808		—			9,927
Corporate equities		15,064		1,749		27		—			16,840
Derivative and other contracts(2)		3,886		118,432		14,329		(68,093	)		68,554
Physical commodities		—		33		—		—			33

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased		37,403		129,293		18,164		(68,093	)		116,767
Obligation to return securities received as collateral		4,623		578		30		—			5,231
Other secured financings(1)		—		6,391		6,148		—			12,539
Long-term borrowings		—		25,293		5,473		—			30,766


		28

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

(1)

Approximately $8.9 billion of assets is included in Corporate and other debt and approximately $7.9 billion of related liabilities is included in Other secured financings related to consolidated VIEs or non-consolidated VIEs (in the cases where the assets were transferred by the Company to the VIE and the transfers were accounted for as secured financings). The Company cannot unilaterally remove the assets from the VIEs; these assets are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by these VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. Approximately $8.1 billion of these assets and approximately $5.9 billion of these liabilities are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 5 for additional information on consolidated and non-consolidated VIEs, including retained interests in these entities that the Company holds.

(2)

(3)	Amount represents MSRs accounted for at fair value. See Note 5 for further information on MSRs.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of November 30, 2008


	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting			Balance at November 30, 2008
	(dollars in millions)
Assets
Financial instruments owned:
U.S. government and agency securities	$	5,930	$	14,115	$	206	$	—		$	20,251
Other sovereign government obligations		9,148		10,920		3		—			20,071
Corporate and other debt(1)		47		53,977		34,460		—			88,484
Corporate equities		32,519		3,748		907		—			37,174
Derivative and other contracts(2)		2,478		150,033		40,852		(93,597	)		99,766
Investments		536		330		9,732		—			10,598
Physical commodities		2		2,202		—		—			2,204

Total financial instruments owned		50,660		235,325		86,160		(93,597	)		278,548
Securities received as collateral		4,402		800		15		—			5,217
Intangible assets(3)		—		—		220		—			220

Liabilities
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	—	$	1,412	$	—	$	—		$	1,412
Deposits		—		6,008		—		—			6,008
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:
U.S. government and agency securities		9,474		682		—		—			10,156
Other sovereign government obligations		5,140		4,220		—		—			9,360
Corporate and other debt		18		5,400		3,943		—			9,361
Corporate equities		16,418		108		21		—			16,547
Derivative and other contracts(2)		5,509		115,621		13,228		(60,837	)		73,521

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased		36,559		126,031		17,192		(60,837	)		118,945
Obligation to return securities received as collateral		4,402		800		15		—			5,217
Other secured financings(1)		—		6,780		5,747		—			12,527
Long-term borrowings		—		23,413		5,417		—			28,830


		29

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

(1)

Approximately $9.0 billion of assets is included in Corporate and other debt and approximately $7.2 billion of related liabilities is included in Other secured financings related to consolidated VIEs or non-consolidated VIEs (in the cases where the assets were transferred by the Company to the VIE and the transfers were accounted for as secured financings). The Company cannot unilaterally remove the assets from the VIEs; these assets are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by these VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. Approximately $7.7 billion of these assets and approximately $5.0 billion of these liabilities are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 5 for additional information on consolidated and non-consolidated VIEs, including retained interests in these entities that the Company holds.

(2)

(3)	Amount represents MSRs accounted for at fair value. See Note 5 for further information on MSRs.

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarters and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008. Level 3 instruments may be hedged by instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains or (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains or (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories. Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains or (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.

The following tables reflect gains or (losses) for all assets and liabilities categorized as Level 3 for the quarters and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively. For assets and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period, gains or (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 as of the beginning of the period; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the period, gains or (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out as of the beginning of the period.


		30

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2009


	Beginning Balance at June 30, 2009		Total Realized and Unrealized Gains or (Losses)(1)			Purchases, Sales, Other Settlements and Issuances, net			Net Transfers In and/or (Out) of Level 3			Ending Balance at September 30, 2009		Unrealized Gains or (Losses) for Level 3 Assets/ Liabilities Outstanding at September 30, 2009(2)
	(dollars in millions)
Assets
Financial instruments owned:
U.S. agency securities	$	28	$	—		$	(23	)	$	—		$	5	$	—
Other sovereign government obligations		3		—			4			—			7		—
Corporate and other debt:
State and municipal securities		1,705		4			(72	)		(901	)		736		2
Residential mortgage-backed securities		820		(29	)		23			(43	)		771		(41	)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		1,506		(420	)		1,574			(434	)		2,226		(442	)
Asset-backed securities		1,827		8			(444	)		(722	)		669		14
Corporate bonds		2,449		41			(1,484	)		137			1,143		9
Collateralized debt obligations		508		370			171			82			1,131		304
Loans and lending commitments		19,436		594			(1,081	)		(1,461	)		17,488		670
Other debt		1,489		398			(283	)		21			1,625		421

Total corporate and other debt		29,740		966			(1,596	)		(3,321	)		25,789		937
Corporate equities		1,101		(79	)		(102	)		(60	)		860		(34	)
Net derivative and other contracts(3)		12,606		(1,654	)		(1,179	)		(301	)		9,472		(1,251	)
Investments		8,172		61			332			(3	)		8,562		41
Securities received as collateral		17		—			(15	)		—			2		—
Intangible assets		173		(29	)		—			—			144		(29	)

Liabilities
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	—	$	2		$	—		$	18		$	16	$	2
Deposits		—		—			—			14			14		—
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:
Corporate and other debt:
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		4		(1	)		(4	)		—			1		(1	)
Asset-backed securities		4		—			—			—			4		—
Corporate bonds		132		(9	)		(151	)		38			28		(18	)
Unfunded lending commitments		303		60			227			—			470		60
Other debt		86		(36	)		(81	)		59			100		(40	)

Total corporate and other debt		529		14			(9	)		97			603		1
Corporate equities		22		27			3			24			22		(6	)
Obligation to return securities received as collateral		17		—			(15	)		—			2		—
Other secured financings		4,463		(272	)		(100	)		(447	)		4,188		(272	)
Long-term borrowings		5,900		(77	)		(7	)		1,284			7,254		(77	)


		31

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

(1)	Total realized and unrealized gains or (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—trading in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $61 million related to Financial instruments owned—investments, which is included in Principal transactions—investments.

(2)	Amounts represent unrealized gains or (losses) for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at September 30, 2009.

(3)	Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—derivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 8.

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt. The net gains in Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by mark-to-market gains on corporate loans, CDOs and certain other debt, partially offset by losses in commercial mortgage-backed securities.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $3.3 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans, state and municipal securities, asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. The reclassifications were primarily due to an increase in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or available broker quotes, such that observable inputs were utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. Corporate loans were reclassified as more liquidity entered the market and price transparency increased for certain corporate loans due to refinancing activities. Separately, certain SLARS were reclassified from Level 3 to Level 2 as there was increased activity in the SLARS market and restructuring activity of the underlying trusts.

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts. The net losses in Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by tightening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of single name and basket credit default swaps.

Long-term borrowings. During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $1.3 billion of certain Long-term borrowings from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications primarily related to structured notes for which certain significant inputs became unobservable and deemed significant.


		32

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2008


	Beginning Balance at June 30, 2008		Total Realized and Unrealized Gains or (Losses)(1)			Purchases, Sales, Other Settlements and Issuances, net			Net Transfers In and/or (Out) of Level 3			Ending Balance at September 30, 2008		Unrealized Gains or (Losses) for Level 3 Assets/ Liabilities Outstanding at September 30, 2008(2)
	(dollars in millions)
Assets
Financial instruments owned:
U.S. government and agency securities	$	272	$	(1	)	$	14		$	50		$	335	$	(4	)
Other sovereign government obligations		2		—			—			—			2		—
Corporate and other debt		34,039		(3,354	)		3,268			6,300			40,253		(3,566	)
Corporate equities		1,288		(132	)		(48	)		64			1,172		(98	)
Net derivative and other contracts(3)		16,153		1,994			(4,011	)		138			14,274		1,575
Investments		12,486		(684	)		(43	)		(12	)		11,747		(623	)
Securities received as collateral		2		—			2			—			4		—
Intangible assets		4		(72	)		2			327			261		(70	)

Liabilities
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:
Corporate and other debt	$	1,209	$	364		$	1,244		$	229		$	2,318	$	356
Corporate equities		61		19			(19	)		36			59		15
Obligation to return securities received as collateral		2		—			2			—			4		—
Other secured financings		9,117		1,074			(2,684	)		3,751			9,110		1,074
Long-term borrowings		5,674		673			18			(28	)		4,991		641

(1)	Total realized and unrealized gains or (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—trading in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $(684) million related to Financial instruments owned—investments, which is included in Principal transactions—investments.

(2)	Amounts represent unrealized gains or (losses) for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at September 30, 2008.

(3)	Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—derivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 8.

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt. The net losses from Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain corporate loans and lending commitments, asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligation cash positions.

The purchases in Corporate and other debt were primarily related to corporate loans and lending commitments.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2008, the Company reclassified certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. These transfers primarily related to certain loans and commercial mortgage-backed securities. These reclassifications were due to a reduction in the volume of recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments such that certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement of these instruments became unobservable.


		33

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts. The net gains from net derivative contracts were primarily driven by widening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of certain basket, single name and tranche-indexed credit default swaps where the Company was long protection.

The sales from Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by single name credit default swaps.

Other secured financings. The net gains in Other secured financings were primarily due to net gains on liabilities resulting from securitizations recognized on balance sheet. These gains were offset by net losses in Financial instruments owned—corporate and other debt.

The Company reclassified Other secured financings from Level 2 to Level 3 because it was determined that certain significant inputs to the fair value measurement were unobservable.

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009


	Beginning Balance at December 31, 2008		Total Realized and Unrealized Gains or (Losses)(1)			Purchases, Sales, Other Settlements and Issuances, net			Net Transfers In and/or (Out) of Level 3			Ending Balance at September 30, 2009		Unrealized Gains or (Losses) for Level 3 Assets/ Liabilities Outstanding at September 30, 2009(2)
	(dollars in millions)
Assets
Financial instruments owned:
U.S. agency securities	$	127	$	(3	)	$	(95	)	$	(24	)	$	5	$	—
Other sovereign government obligations		1		(2	)		4			4			7		—
Corporate and other debt:
State and municipal securities		2,065		10			(398	)		(941	)		736		(17	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities		1,251		(118	)		(119	)		(243	)		771		(99	)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		3,130		(1,455	)		1,168			(617	)		2,226		(1,468	)
Asset-backed securities		968		84			(342	)		(41	)		669		12
Corporate bonds		3,088		222			(2,328	)		161			1,143		13
Collateralized debt obligations		982		365			309			(525	)		1,131		235
Loans and lending commitments		19,701		(1,169	)		(2,608	)		1,564			17,488		(896	)
Other debt		3,733		727			(1,847	)		(988	)		1,625		672

Total corporate and other debt		34,918		(1,334	)		(6,165	)		(1,630	)		25,789		(1,548	)
Corporate equities		976		105			(663	)		442			860		(187	)
Net derivative and other contracts(3)		23,382		(4,283	)		(867	)		(8,760	)		9,472		(3,191	)
Investments		9,698		(1,430	)		336			(42	)		8,562		(1,337	)
Securities received as collateral		30		—			(28	)		—			2		—
Intangible assets		184		(40	)		—			—			144		(42	)

Liabilities
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	—	$	11		$	—		$	27		$	16	$	11
Deposits		—		(1	)		—			13			14		(1	)
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:
Corporate and other debt:
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		1		—			—			—			1		—
Asset-backed securities		4		—			—			—			4		—
Corporate bonds		320		8			(221	)		(63	)		28		7
Unfunded lending commitments		36		(71	)		363			—			470		(71	)
Other debt		3,447		(53	)		(2,358	)		(1,042	)		100		(53	)

Total corporate and other debt		3,808		(116	)		(2,216	)		(1,105	)		603		(117	)
Corporate equities		27		(7	)		(81	)		69			22		(7	)
Obligation to return securities received as collateral		30		—			(28	)		—			2		—
Other secured financings		6,148		685			(902	)		(373	)		4,188		685
Long-term borrowings		5,473		(492	)		(35	)		1,324			7,254		(492	)


		34

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

(1)	Total realized and unrealized gains or (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—trading in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $(1,430) million related to Financial instruments owned—investments, which is included in Principal transactions—investments.

(2)	Amounts represent unrealized gains or (losses) for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at September 30, 2009.

(3)	Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—derivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 8.

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt. The net losses in Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain corporate loans and certain commercial mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by gains in certain other debt.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $1.6 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. The reclassifications were primarily related to certain other debt, state and municipal securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. As the unobservable inputs became insignificant in the overall valuation, the fair value of these instruments became highly correlated with similar instruments in an observable market. These reclassifications were partly offset by the reclassification of certain corporate loans and lending commitments from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. The key unobservable inputs include assumptions to establish comparability to bonds, loans or swaps with observable price/spread levels.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $8.8 billion of certain Derivatives and other contracts from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications of certain Derivatives and other contracts were related to single name mortgage-related credit default swaps and credit default swaps on certain classes of CDOs. The primary reason for the reclassifications is that, due to market deterioration, the values associated with the unobservable inputs, such as correlation, for these derivative contracts were no longer deemed significant to the fair value measurement. In addition, certain corporate tranche-indexed credit default swaps were reclassified due to increased availability of transaction data, broker quotes and/or consensus pricing.

Financial instruments owned—Investments. The net losses from investments were primarily related to investments associated with the Company’s real estate products.

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Corporate and other debt. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $1.1 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications primarily related to contracts referencing commercial mortgage-backed securities, subprime CDOs and other subprime ABS securities. Their fair value was highly correlated with similar instruments in an observable market and, due to market deterioration, the values associated with the unobservable inputs were no longer deemed significant to the fair value measurement.

The sales of Corporate and other debt were primarily related to contracts referencing commercial mortgage-backed securities, subprime CDOs and other subprime ABS securities.


		35

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008


	Beginning Balance at December 31, 2007		Total Realized and Unrealized Gains or (Losses)(1)			Purchases, Sales, Other Settlements and Issuances, net			Net Transfers In and/or (Out) of Level 3			Ending Balance at September 30, 2008		Unrealized Gains or (Losses) for Level 3 Assets/ Liabilities Outstanding at September 30, 2008(2)
	(dollars in millions)
Assets
Financial instruments owned:
U.S. government and agency securities	$	622	$	18		$	(222	)	$	(83	)	$	335	$	1
Other sovereign government obligations		15		(4	)		(18	)		9			2		—
Corporate and other debt		39,707		(9,036	)		1,250			8,332			40,253		(7,982	)
Corporate equities		1,717		(338	)		(448	)		241			1,172		(178	)
Net derivative and other contracts(3)		5,486		10,835			(1,417	)		(630	)		14,274		9,019
Investments		12,758		(1,057	)		1,291			(1,245	)		11,747		(1,501	)
Securities received as collateral		71		—			(67	)		—			4		—
Intangible assets		3		(71	)		2			327			261		(69	)

Liabilities
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:
Corporate and other debt	$	717	$	(25	)	$	1,457		$	119		$	2,318	$	(23	)
Corporate equities		175		(311	)		(326	)		(101	)		59		(7	)
Obligation to return securities received as collateral		71		—			(67	)		—			4		—
Other secured financings		6,160		2,556			1,920			3,586			9,110		2,556
Long-term borrowings		5,829		800			(12	)		(26	)		4,991		800

(1)	Total realized and unrealized gains or (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—trading in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $(1,057) million related to Financial instruments owned—investments, which is included in Principal transactions—investments.

(2)	Amounts represent unrealized gains or (losses) for the nine month period ended September 30, 2008 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at September 30, 2008.

(3)	Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—derivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 8.


		36

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt. The net losses from Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, certain collateralized debt obligations and by corporate loans and lending commitments.

The purchases in Corporate and other debt were primarily related to corporate loans and lending commitments.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2008, the Company reclassified certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations, commercial whole loans and corporate loans and lending commitments. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in the volume of recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the valuation of these instruments. These unobservable inputs include, depending upon the position, assumptions to establish comparability to bonds, loans or swaps with observable price/spread levels, default recovery rates, forecasted credit losses and prepayment rates.

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts. The net gains from Net derivative contracts were primarily driven by widening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of certain basket, single name and tranche-indexed credit default swaps where the Company was long protection.

The sales from Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by single name credit default swaps.

Financial instruments owned—Investments. The net losses from investments were primarily related to investments associated with the Company’s real estate products.

The Company reclassified investments from Level 3 to Level 2 because certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement were identified and, therefore, became observable.

Other secured financings. The net gains in Other secured financings were primarily due to net gains on liabilities resulting from securitizations recognized on balance sheet. These net gains were offset by net losses in Financial instruments owned—corporate and other debt.

The Company reclassified Other secured financings from Level 2 to Level 3 because it was determined that certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement became unobservable.


		37

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.

Certain assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables above. These assets may include loans, equity method investments, premises and equipment, intangible assets and real estate investments.

The following table presents, by caption on the condensed consolidated statement of financial position, the fair value hierarchy for those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized an impairment charge for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009.


	Carrying Value at September 30, 2009(1)		Fair Value Measurements Using:						Total (Losses) for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2009(2)			Total (Losses) for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009(2)(3)
	Carrying Value at September 30, 2009(1)		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	(dollars in millions)
Receivables—Other loans	$	422	$	—	$	—	$	422	$	(27	)	$	(208	)
Other investments		22		—		—		22		(9	)		(55	)
Premises, equipment and software costs		—		—		—		—		—			(5	)
Intangible assets		3		—		—		3		(6	)		(15	)
Other assets(4)		461		—		—		461		(249	)		(409	)

Total	$	908	$	—	$	—	$	908	$	(291	)	$	(692	)

(1)

Carrying values relate only to those assets that incurred impairment losses during the quarter ended September 30, 2009. These amounts do not include assets that incurred impairment losses during the six months ended June 30, 2009, unless the assets also experienced an impairment loss during the quarter ended September 30, 2009.

(2)	Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of income except for impairment losses related to Receivables—other loans and Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.

(3)	Amounts represent cumulative losses for assets that incurred impairment losses during the nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

(4)

These impairment losses relate to buildings and property held in the Asset Management business segment, and are a result of the continued adverse impact of economic conditions on domestic real estate markets. Fair values were generally determined using discounted cash flow models or third-party appraisals and valuations.

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

In addition, there were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized an impairment charge during the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008.


		38

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Fair Value Option.

The Company elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis. The following tables present net gains or (losses) due to changes in fair value for items measured at fair value pursuant to the fair value option election for the quarters and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008.


	Principal Transactions: Trading			Net Interest Revenue			Gains (Losses) Included in Net Revenues
	(dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2009
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	(86	)	$	—		$	(86	)
Deposits		(26	)		(78	)		(104	)
Long-term borrowings		(1,677	)		(233	)		(1,910	)

Three Months Ended September 30, 2008
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	622		$	—		$	622
Deposits		34			—			34
Long-term borrowings		11,701			(257	)		11,444

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	(128	)	$	—		$	(128	)
Deposits		(103	)		(257	)		(360	)
Long-term borrowings		(6,473	)		(727	)		(7,200	)

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	818		$	(4	)	$	814
Deposits		39			(29	)		10
Long-term borrowings		14,381			(807	)		13,574

In addition to the amounts in the above table, as discussed in Note 1, all of the instruments within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are measured at fair value, either through the election of the fair value option, or as required by other accounting pronouncements.

The following table presents information on the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings (including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures), loans and unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected:

(Losses) Gains Due to Changes in Instrument Specific Credit Spreads


	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009		2008			2009		2008
	(dollars in millions)
Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)	$	(878)	$	9,667		$	(4,913)	$	11,260
Loans(2)		1,342		(1,289	)		5,258		(2,319	)
Unfunded lending commitments(3)		(11)		267			(149)		436

(1)

Gains or (losses) were attributable to widening or (tightening), respectively, of the Company’s credit spreads and were determined based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads. The remainder of changes in overall fair value of the short-term and long-term borrowings is attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and movements in the reference price or index for structured notes.


		39

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

(2)	Instrument-specific credit gains or (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates.

(3)	Gains or (losses) were generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client and contractual yields at each respective period end.

Contractual Principal Amount Over Fair Value


	At September 30, 2009		At December 31, 2008		At November 30, 2008
	(dollars in billions)
Short-term and long-term debt borrowings(1)	$	2.5	$	5.7	$	7.5
Loans(2)		25.7		31.0		30.5
Loans 90 or more days past due(2)(3)		21.8		19.8		19.8

(1)	These amounts do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in the reference price or index.

(2)	The majority of this difference between principal and fair value amounts emanates from the Company’s distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.

(3)	The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due as of September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008 was $1.8 billion, $2.0 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.

Some of the Company’s financial instruments are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis but nevertheless are recorded at amounts that approximate fair value due to their liquid or short-term nature. Such financial assets and financial liabilities include: Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks, Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements, Federal funds sold and Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities loaned, Receivables—customers, Receivables—brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, Payables—customers, Payables—brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, and certain Deposits.

The Company’s long-term borrowings are recorded at historical amounts unless elected under the fair value option or designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge. For long-term borrowings not measured at fair value, the fair value of the Company’s long-term borrowings was estimated using either quoted market prices or discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. At September 30, 2009, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings was approximately $4.1 billion higher than fair value. At December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings was approximately $25.6 billion and $25.0 billion higher than fair value, respectively.

4.	Collateralized Transactions.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), principally government and agency securities, are carried at the amounts at which the securities subsequently will be resold or reacquired as specified in the respective agreements; such amounts include accrued interest. Reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. The Company’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. Securities borrowed and Securities loaned are


		40

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

carried at the amounts of cash collateral advanced and received in connection with the transactions. Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain equity-referenced securities and loans where in all instances these liabilities are payable solely from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Financial instruments owned (see Note 5).

The Company pledges its financial instruments owned to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Financial instruments owned (pledged to various parties) in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The carrying value and classification of financial instruments owned by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:


	At September 30, 2009		At December 31, 2008		At November 30, 2008
	(dollars in millions)
Financial instruments owned:
U.S. government and agency securities	$	26,941	$	9,134	$	7,701
Other sovereign government obligations		7,861		2,570		626
Corporate and other debt		12,314		21,850		33,037
Corporate equities		9,776		4,388		5,726

Total	$	56,892	$	37,942	$	47,090

The Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance the Company’s inventory positions. The Company also engages in securities financing transactions for customers through margin lending. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company either receives or provides collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, and customer margin loans. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. At September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, the fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $388 billion, $290 billion and $294 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $300 billion, $214 billion and $227 billion, respectively.

The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities for securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. At September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, $16 billion, $5 billion and $5 billion, respectively, were reported as Securities received as collateral and an Obligation to return securities received as collateral in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Collateral received in connection with these transactions that was subsequently repledged was approximately $15 billion, $4 billion and $5 billion at September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively.


		41

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

The Company manages credit exposure arising from reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties that provide the Company, in the event of a customer default, the right to liquidate collateral and the right to offset a counterparty’s rights and obligations. The Company also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized. Where deemed appropriate, the Company’s agreements with third parties specify its rights to request additional collateral. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activity are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company. For these transactions, adherence to the Company’s collateral policies significantly limits the Company’s credit exposure in the event of customer default. The Company may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers.

At September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements were as follows:


	September 30, 2009		December 31, 2008		November 30, 2008
	(dollars in millions)
Cash	$	21,753	$	24,039	$	25,446
Securities(1)		14,347		38,670		33,642

Total	$	36,100	$	62,709	$	59,088

(1)	Securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements are sourced from Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Financial instruments owned in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

5.	Securitization Activities and Variable Interest Entities.

Securitization Activities and Qualifying Special Purpose Entities.

Securitization Activities. In a securitization transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or U.S. agency securities) to a special purpose entity (an “SPE”), sells to investors most of the beneficial interests, such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE and in many cases retains other beneficial interests. In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Company transfers a portion of the assets transferred to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets.

The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests. In some of these transactions, primarily involving residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe, the Company serves as servicer for some or all of the transferred loans. In many securitizations, particularly involving residential mortgage loans, the Company also enters into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.

In most of these transactions, the SPE meets the criteria to be a QSPE under the accounting guidance for the transfer and servicing of financial assets. The Company does not consolidate QSPEs if they meet certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they may hold, the activities in which they may engage and the range of discretion they may exercise in connection with the assets they hold. The determination of whether an SPE meets the criteria to be a QSPE requires considerable judgment, particularly in evaluating whether the permitted activities of the SPE are significantly limited and in determining whether derivatives held by the SPE are passive and not excessive.


		42

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

The primary risk retained by the Company in connection with these transactions generally is limited to the beneficial interests issued by the SPE that are owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. Where the QSPE criteria are met, these beneficial interests generally are included in Financial instruments owned—corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value. The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees, or similar derivatives.

Although not obligated, the Company generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. As a market maker, the Company offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests, although these beneficial interests generally are included in Financial instruments owned—corporate and other debt securities and are measured at fair value.

The Company enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure.

See Note 8 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

QSPEs. The following tables present information as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 regarding QSPEs to which the Company, acting as principal, has transferred assets and received sales treatment, and QSPEs sponsored by the Company to which the Company has not transferred assets (dollars in millions):


	At September 30, 2009
	Residential Mortgage Loans		Commercial Mortgage Loans		U.S. Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations		Other
QSPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)	$	56,843	$	111,404	$	63,748	$	3,119
Retained interests (fair value):
Investment grade	$	54	$	223	$	383	$	—
Non-investment grade		71		287		—		—

Total retained interests (fair value)	$	125	$	510	$	383	$	—

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):
Investment grade	$	100	$	460	$	10	$	79
Non-investment grade		129		38		—		32

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)	$	229	$	498	$	10	$	111

Derivatives (fair value)	$	249	$	359	$	—	$	903
Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)		18,901		8,554		—		—

(1)	Amounts include $57.0 billion of assets transferred to the QSPEs by unrelated transferors.


		43

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)


	At December 31, 2008
	Residential Mortgage Loans		Commercial Mortgage Loans		U.S. Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations		Other
QSPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)	$	65,344	$	112,557	$	73,136	$	2,684
Retained interests (fair value):
Investment grade	$	500	$	482	$	102	$	—
Non-investment grade		33		100		—		—

Total retained interests (fair value)	$	533	$	582	$	102	$	—

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):
Investment grade	$	42	$	156	$	8	$	23
Non-investment grade		49		14		—		12

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)	$	91	$	170	$	8	$	35

Derivatives (fair value)	$	488	$	515	$	—	$	1,156
Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)		23,211		8,196		—		—

(1)	Amounts include $57.8 billion of assets transferred to the QSPEs by unrelated transferors.

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles. Underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income. Net gains at the time of securitization were not material during the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 and the one month period ended December 31, 2008.

During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, the Company received proceeds from new securitization transactions of $3.8 billion and $5.3 billion, respectively. During both the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, the Company received proceeds from cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $1.6 billion.

The Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets transferred in securitization transactions conform to specific guidelines (see Note 9).

Mortgage Servicing Rights. The Company may retain servicing rights to certain mortgage loans that are sold through its securitization activities. These transactions create an asset referred to as MSRs, which totaled approximately $144 million and $184 million as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, and are included within Intangible assets and carried at fair value in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

SPE Mortgage Servicing Activities. The Company services residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe owned by SPEs, including SPEs sponsored by the Company and SPEs not sponsored by the Company. Most of these SPEs meet the requirements for QSPEs. The Company generally holds retained interests in Company-sponsored QSPEs. In some cases, as part of its market making activities, the Company may own some beneficial interests issued by both Company-sponsored and non-Company sponsored SPEs.


		44

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

The Company provides no credit support as part of its servicing activities. The Company is required to make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed. Reimbursement of servicing advances is a senior obligation of the SPE, senior to the most senior beneficial interests outstanding. Outstanding advances are included in Other assets and are recorded at cost. Advances as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 totaled approximately $2.2 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, net of reserves of $15 million as of September 30, 2009 and $10 million as of December 31, 2008.

The following table presents information about the Company’s mortgage servicing activities for SPEs to which the Company transferred loans as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (dollars in millions):


	At September 30, 2009
	Residential Mortgage QSPEs			Residential Mortgage Failed Sales			Commercial Mortgage QSPEs		Commercial Mortgage Consolidated SPEs
Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)	$	18,901		$	1,179		$	8,554	$	2,463
Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)	$	7,343		$	390		$	—	$	5
Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)		38.8	%		33.1	%		—		0.2	%
Credit losses	$	624		$	—		$	2	$	—

(1)	Includes loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.


	At December 31, 2008
	Residential Mortgage QSPEs			Residential Mortgage Failed Sales			Commercial Mortgage QSPEs		Commercial Mortgage Consolidated SPEs
Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)	$	23,211		$	890		$	8,196	$	2,349
Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)	$	7,586		$	308		$	—	$	—
Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)		32.7	%		34.6	%		—		—
Credit losses	$	181		$	11		$	—	$	—

(1)	Includes loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

The Company also serviced residential and commercial mortgage loans for SPEs sponsored by unrelated parties with unpaid principal balances totaling $22 billion and $25 billion as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

Variable Interest Entities. Accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs applies to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. QSPEs currently are not subject to consolidation. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of its expected residual returns or both, as a result of holding variable interests. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.

The Company is involved with various entities in the normal course of business that may be deemed to be VIEs. The Company’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees and derivative instruments. The Company’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

•

Interests purchased in connection with market making and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities.


		45

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

•

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

•

Loans and investments made to VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

•

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

•

Structuring of credit-linked notes (“CLNs”) or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

•

Other structured transactions designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities and the variable interests owned by the Company.

The Company reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon the occurrence of certain reconsideration events. If the Company’s initial assessment results in a determination that it is not the primary beneficiary of a VIE, then the Company reassesses this determination upon the occurrence of:

•

Changes to the VIE’s governing documents or contractual arrangements in a manner that reallocates the obligation to absorb the expected losses or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the VIE between the current primary beneficiary and the other variable interest holders, including the Company.

•

Acquisition by the Company of additional variable interests in the VIE.

If the Company’s initial assessment results in a determination that it is the primary beneficiary, then the Company reassesses this determination upon the occurrence of:

•

A sale or disposition by the Company of all or part of its variable interests in the VIE to parties unrelated to the Company.

•

The issuance of new variable interests by the VIE to parties unrelated to the Company.

Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings in the tables below, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Financial instruments owned and the liabilities of the entities as Other secured financings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company includes assets held by consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings in the tables below primarily in Receivables, Premises, equipment and software costs and Other assets and the liabilities primarily as Other liabilities and accrued expenses and Payables in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.

The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.


		46

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

The following tables present information as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 about VIEs which the Company consolidates (dollars in millions):


	At September 30, 2009
	Mortgage and Asset-backed Securitizations		Credit and Real Estate		Commodities Financing		Other Structured Financings		Total
VIE assets that the Company consolidates	$	4,041	$	2,608	$	648	$	1,127	$	8,424
VIE liabilities		2,004		814		561		325		3,704
Maximum exposure to loss:
Debt and equity interests	$	2,034	$	1,350	$	—	$	848	$	4,232
Derivatives and other contracts		518		836		895		—		2,249
Commitments and guarantees		—		—		—		205		205

Total maximum exposure to loss	$	2,552	$	2,186	$	895	$	1,053	$	6,686


	At December 31, 2008
	Mortgage and Asset-backed Securitizations		Credit and Real Estate		Commodities Financing		Other Structured Financings		Total
VIE assets that the Company consolidates	$	4,307	$	4,121	$	809	$	1,664	$	10,901
VIE liabilities		2,473		1,505		766		801		5,545
Maximum exposure to loss:
Debt and equity interests	$	1,834	$	2,605	$	—	$	882	$	5,321
Derivatives and other contracts		517		2,348		1,307		—		4,172
Commitments and guarantees		—		—		—		330		330

Total maximum exposure to loss	$	2,351	$	4,953	$	1,307	$	1,212	$	9,823

The following tables present information about non-consolidated VIEs in which the Company had significant variable interests or served as the sponsor and had any variable interest as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (dollars in millions):


	At September 30, 2009
	Mortgage and Asset-backed Securitizations		Credit and Real Estate		Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts		Other Structured Financings		Total
VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate	$	808	$	15,994	$	308	$	5,891	$	23,001
Maximum exposure to loss:
Debt and equity interests	$	19	$	3,505	$	70	$	898	$	4,492
Derivatives and other contracts		—		5,277		—		—		5,277
Commitments and guarantees		—		200		30		657		887

Total maximum exposure to loss	$	19	$	8,982	$	100	$	1,555	$	10,656

Carrying value of exposure to loss —Assets:
Debt and equity interests	$	19	$	3,505	$	70	$	745	$	4,339
Derivatives and other contracts		—		2,447		—		—		2,447

Total carrying value of exposure to loss —Assets	$	19	$	5,952	$	70	$	745	$	6,786

Carrying value of exposure to loss —Liabilities:
Derivatives and other contracts	$	—	$	618	$	—	$	—	$	618
Commitments and guarantees		—		131		—		24		155

Total carrying value of exposure to loss —Liabilities	$	—	$	749	$	—	$	24	$	773


		47

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)


	At December 31, 2008
	Mortgage and Asset-backed Securitizations		Credit and Real Estate		Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts		Other Structured Financings		Total
VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate	$	1,629	$	18,456	$	2,173	$	8,068	$	30,326
Maximum exposure to loss:
Debt and equity interests	$	38	$	4,420	$	1,145	$	880	$	6,483
Derivatives and other contracts		—		5,156		—		—		5,156
Commitments and guarantees		—		—		320		564		884

Total maximum exposure to loss	$	38	$	9,576	$	1,465	$	1,444	$	12,523

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:
Debt and equity interests	$	38	$	4,420	$	1,145	$	703	$	6,306
Derivatives and other contracts		—		2,044		—		—		2,044

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets	$	38	$	6,464	$	1,145	$	703	$	8,350

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:
Derivatives and other contracts	$	—	$	590	$	—	$	—	$	590
Commitments and guarantees		—		—		—		36		36

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities	$	—	$	590	$	—	$	36	$	626

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the VIE’s assets. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Company’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Company. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value writedowns already recorded by the Company.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Company’s variable interests.

Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts. In a municipal tender option bond transaction, the Company, on behalf of a client, transfers a municipal bond to a trust. The trust issues short-term securities which the Company as the remarketing agent sells to investors. The client retains a residual interest. The short-term securities are supported by a liquidity facility pursuant to which the investors may put their short-term interests. In some programs, the Company provides this liquidity facility; in most programs, a third-party provider will provide such liquidity facility. The Company may purchase short-term securities in its role either as remarketing agent or liquidity provider. The client can generally terminate the transaction at any time. The liquidity provider can generally terminate the transaction upon the occurrence of certain events. When the transaction is terminated, the municipal bond is generally sold or returned to the client. Any losses suffered by the liquidity provider upon the sale of the bond are the responsibility of the client. This obligation generally is collateralized. In prior periods, the Company established trusts in connection with its proprietary trading activities and consolidated those trusts. As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, no proprietary trusts were outstanding.

Credit Protection Purchased Through CLNs. In a CLN transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally high quality securities or money market investments) to an SPE, enters into a derivative transaction in which the SPE writes protection on an unrelated reference asset or group of assets through a credit default swap, a total return swap or similar instrument, and sells to investors the securities issued by the SPE. In some transactions,


		48

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

the Company may also enter into interest rate or currency swaps with the SPE. Upon the occurrence of a credit event related to the reference asset, the SPE will sell the collateral securities in order to make the payment to the Company. The Company is generally exposed to price changes on the collateral securities in the event of a credit event and subsequent sale. These transactions are designed to transfer the credit risk on the reference asset to investors. In some transactions, the assets and liabilities of the SPE are recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. In other transactions, the transfer of the collateral securities is accounted for as a sale of assets and the SPE is not consolidated. The structure of the transaction determines the accounting treatment.

The derivatives in CLN transactions consist of total return swaps, credit default swaps or similar contracts in which the Company has purchased protection on a reference asset or group of assets. Payments by the SPE are collateralized. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure.

Other Structured Financings. The Company primarily invests in equity interests issued by entities that develop and own low income communities (including low income housing projects) and entities that construct and own facilities that will generate energy from renewable resources. The equity interests entitle the Company to its share of tax credits and tax losses generated by these projects. In addition, the Company has issued guarantees to investors in certain low-income housing funds. The guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by the fund. The Company is also involved with entities designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

Collateralized Loan and Debt Obligations. A collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) or a CDO is an SPE that purchases a pool of assets, consisting of corporate loans, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities or synthetic exposures on similar assets through derivatives and issues multiple tranches of debt and equity securities to investors. In the Asset Management business segment, the Company manages CLOs with assets of $2.3 billion and $2.1 billion as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, and receives a management fee for these services. Except for the management fee, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these managed CLOs was immaterial as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on other CLOs and CDOs is $2.0 billion and $3.0 billion as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

Equity-Linked Notes. In an equity-linked note transaction included in the tables above, the Company typically transfers to an SPE either (1) a note issued by the Company, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index or (2) debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These transactions are designed to transfer to investors the risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index.

Asset Management Investment Funds. The tables above do not include certain investments made by the Company held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies.

See Note 9 for information on a lending facility provided to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company. The Company provided this facility in response to the fund’s increased liquidity needs resulting from the downturn in the global real estate markets.


		49

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Failed Sales.

In order to be treated as a sale of assets for accounting purposes, a transaction must meet all of the criteria stipulated in the accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets. If the transfer fails to meet these criteria, that transfer is treated as a failed sale. In such case, the Company continues to recognize the assets in Financial instruments owned and the Company recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

The assets transferred to many unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many unconsolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

The following tables present information about transfers of assets treated by the Company as secured financings as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (dollars in millions):


	At September 30, 2009
	Residential Mortgage Loans		Commercial Mortgage Loans		Credit- Linked Notes		Other
Assets
Unpaid principal amount	$	389	$	2,153	$	1,076	$	1,422
Fair value		153		1,908		993		1,402

Other secured financings
Unpaid principal amount		209		1,995		992		1,422
Fair value		108		1,838		962		1,402


	At December 31, 2008
	Residential Mortgage Loans		Commercial Mortgage Loans		Credit- Linked Notes		Other
Assets
Unpaid principal amount	$	439	$	2,573	$	1,333	$	2,028
Fair value		227		2,245		1,144		1,814

Other secured financings
Unpaid principal amount		258		2,512		1,293		2,008
Fair value		175		2,208		1,134		1,810


		50

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

6.	Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets.

Goodwill and net intangible assets increased during the quarter due to the acquisition of Citi Managed Futures. In addition, goodwill and net intangible assets increased during the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 primarily due to MSSB (see Note 2).

The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally one level below its business segments. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the book value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below book value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment.

The estimated fair values of the reporting units are generally determined utilizing methodologies that incorporate price-to-book, price-to-earnings and assets under management multiples of certain comparable companies.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of June 1, 2009 and 2008. During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company changed the date of its annual goodwill impairment testing to July 1, as a result of the Company’s change in its fiscal year-end from November 30 to December 31 of each year. The change to the annual goodwill impairment testing date was to move the impairment testing outside of the Company’s normal second quarter-end reporting process to a date in the third quarter, consistent with the testing date prior to the change in the fiscal year-end. The Company believes that the resulting change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date will not delay, accelerate, or avoid an impairment charge. Goodwill impairment tests performed as of July 1, 2009 concluded that no impairment charges were required as of that date. The Company determined that the change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date is preferable under the circumstances and does not result in adjustments to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements when applied retrospectively.

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill and intangible assets for the one month period ended December 31, 2008 and the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 were as follows:


	Institutional Securities			Global Wealth Management Group		Asset Management		Total
	(dollars in millions)
*Goodwill:*
Balance at November 30, 2008	$	800		$	272	$	1,171	$	2,243
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other		13			—		—		13

Balance at December 31, 2008		813			272		1,171		2,256
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other		9			—		—		9
Goodwill acquired during the period(1)		—			5,165		—		5,165
Goodwill disposed of during the period(2)		(453	)		—		—		(453	)

Balance at September 30, 2009	$	369		$	5,437	$	1,171	$	6,977


		51

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)


	Institutional Securities			Global Wealth Management Group			Asset Management			Total
	(dollars in millions)
*Net Intangible Assets:*
Amortizable net intangible assets at November 30, 2008	$	334		$	—		$	393		$	727
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other		3			—			—			3
Amortization expense		(4	)		—			(4	)		(8	)

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2008		333			—			389			722
Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 5)		184			—			—			184

Balance of net intangible assets at December 31, 2008	$	517		$	—		$	389		$	906

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2008	$	333		$	—		$	389		$	722
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other		(1	)		—			(4	)		(5	)
Net intangible assets acquired during the period(1)		2			4,886			1			4,889
Net intangible assets disposed of during the period(2)		(153	)		—			—			(153	)
Amortization expense		(13	)		(133	)		(36	)		(182	)
Impairment losses		(4	)		—			(11	)		(15	)

Amortizable net intangible assets at September 30, 2009		164			4,753			339			5,256
Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 5)		142			2			—			144
Indefinite-lived intangible asset(1)		—			279			—			279

Balance of net intangible assets at September 30, 2009	$	306		$	5,034		$	339		$	5,679

(1)	Global Wealth Management Group business segment activity primarily represents goodwill and intangible assets acquired in connection with Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures (see Note 2).

(2)	Institutional Securities business segment activity primarily represents goodwill and intangible assets disposed of in connection with MSCI (see Note 20).

7.	Long-Term Borrowings.

The Company’s long-term borrowings included the following components:


	At September 30, 2009		At December 31, 2008		At November 30, 2008
	(dollars in millions)
Senior debt	$	181,710	$	165,181	$	148,959
Subordinated debt		4,026		4,342		4,212
Junior subordinated debentures		10,701		10,312		10,266

Total	$	196,437	$	179,835	$	163,437

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $36 billion. The amount included non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating approximately $4.4 billion. These notes include the public issuance of $8.5 billion of senior unsecured notes that were not guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, approximately $29 billion of notes were repaid.


		52

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.7 years and 6.3 years as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

A subsidiary of the Company has loans outstanding of approximately $2.5 billion under third-party financing related to Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (“Crescent”), a real estate subsidiary of the Company. These loans are non-recourse and are secured only by Crescent’s assets. Approximately $2.0 billion of the third-party financing is with a single lender (the “Lender”) to whom the Company has provided credit support with respect to limited exceptions to the non-recourse provisions for the maximum amount of $125 million. Such Lender financing, which was originally scheduled to mature on August 3, 2009, was extended to November 2, 2009, and has been further extended until November 9, 2009. Negotiations continue with the Lender and various options are being pursued, including conveying Crescent’s assets in satisfaction of the loan or seeking a negotiated or non-negotiated reorganization of the Crescent entities under insolvency laws. The Company cannot provide assurance that the Lender will further extend the maturity of the financing or that the loan will not eventually go into default.

FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”).

As of September 30, 2009, the Company had long-term debt outstanding of $23.8 billion under the TLGP. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had commercial paper and long-term debt outstanding of $6.4 billion and $9.8 billion, respectively, under the TLGP. These borrowings are senior unsecured debt obligations of the Company and guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP. The FDIC has concluded that the guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

8.	Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

The Company trades, makes markets and takes proprietary positions globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, asset-backed security indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities and real estate loan products. The Company uses these instruments for trading, as well as for asset and liability management.

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets. The fair value of a derivative represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants, and is further described in Notes 1 and 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

In connection with its derivative activities, the Company may enter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to offset a counterparty’s rights and obligations, request additional collateral when necessary or liquidate the collateral in the event of counterparty default.


		53

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

The table below presents a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position as of September 30, 2009. Fair value is presented in the final column net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned(1)


Credit Rating(2)	Years to Maturity								Cross-Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(3)			Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral		Net Exposure Post- Collateral
Credit Rating(2)	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Cross-Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(3)			Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral		Net Exposure Post- Collateral
	(dollars in millions)
AAA	$	1,148	$	3,231	$	4,861	$	10,801	$	(8,644	)	$	11,397	$	10,830
AA		7,940		8,737		6,857		16,982		(29,448	)		11,068		9,159
A		9,845		11,159		8,749		23,950		(42,177	)		11,526		10,167
BBB		3,212		4,114		2,799		7,951		(8,904	)		9,172		6,898
Non-investment grade		3,105		4,120		2,644		4,473		(4,889	)		9,453		7,440

Total	$	25,250	$	31,361	$	25,910	$	64,157	$	(94,062	)	$	52,616	$	44,494

(1)	Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company.

(2)	Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.

(3)

Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

Hedge Accounting.

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly.

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk. The Company’s designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate senior long-term borrowings. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships (i.e., the Company applies the “long-haul” method of hedge accounting). A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to the Company’s own credit spreads and counterparty’s credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.


		54

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.

Net Investment Hedges. The Company utilizes forward foreign exchange contracts and non-U.S. dollar denominated debt to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. No hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings since the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged, and, where forward contracts are used, the currencies being exchanged are the functional currencies of the parent and investee; where debt instruments are used as hedges, they are denominated in the functional currency of the investee. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Equity, net of tax effects. The forward points on the hedging instruments are recorded in Interest and dividend revenues.

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments designated as accounting hedges and the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges by type of derivative contract on a gross basis as of September 30, 2009. Fair values of derivative contracts in an asset position are included in Financial instruments owned—derivative and other contracts. Fair values of derivative contracts in a liability position are reflected in Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivative and other contracts.


	Assets at September 30, 2009					Liabilities at September 30, 2009
	Fair Value			Notional		Fair Value			Notional
	(dollars in millions)
Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:
Interest rate contracts	$	6,691		$	80,065	$	33		$	3,363
Foreign exchange contracts		29			3,174		205			5,381

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges		6,720			83,239		238			8,744

Debt instruments designated as net investment hedges(1)		—			—		4,238			4,238

Total derivatives and non-derivatives designated as accounting hedges		6,720			83,239		4,476			12,982

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):
Interest rate contracts		720,661			15,717,408		694,495			15,974,653
Credit contracts		177,612			2,823,942		156,912			2,647,584
Foreign exchange contracts		67,141			1,186,572		66,431			1,092,441
Equity contracts		57,137			580,321		61,789			639,691
Commodity contracts		74,133			711,847		72,607			585,837
Other		786			12,464		1,703			5,430

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges		1,097,470			21,032,554		1,053,937			20,945,636

Total derivatives	$	1,104,190		$	21,115,793	$	1,054,175		$	20,954,380
Cash collateral netting		(69,356	)		—		(35,080	)		—
Counterparty netting		(979,569	)		—		(979,569	)		—

Total derivatives	$	55,265		$	21,115,793	$	39,526		$	20,954,380


		55

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

(1)	The notional amount for foreign currency debt instruments designated as net investment hedges represents the principal amount at current exchange rates.

(2)

Notional amounts include net notionals related to long and short futures contracts of $279 billion and $978 billion, respectively. The variation margin on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $2,541 million and $134 million is included in Receivables—brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and Payables—brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

The following tables summarize the gains or losses reported on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as accounting hedges for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges.


		Amount of Gains or (Losses) Recognized in Income on Derivatives					Amount of Gains or (Losses) Recognized in Income on Borrowings
Product Type	Classification of Gains or (Losses)	Three Months Ended September 30, 2009		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009			Three Months Ended September 30, 2009			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
		(dollars in millions)
Interest rate contracts(1)	Interest expense	$	2,511	$	(1,599	)	$	(2,412	)	$	1,682

(1)	A gain of $99 million and a gain of $83 million were recognized in income related to hedge ineffectiveness during the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, respectively.

Derivatives Designated as Net Investment Hedges.


	Amount of Gains or (Losses) Recognized in OCI (effective portion)(1)
Product Type	Three Months Ended September 30, 2009			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
	(dollars in millions)
Foreign exchange contracts(2)	$	(120	)	$	(367	)
Debt instruments		(33	)		(139	)

Total	$	(153	)	$	(506	)

(1)	No gains (losses) related to net investment hedges were reclassified from Other comprehensive income (“OCI”) into income during the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

(2)	A gain of $4 million and a loss of $5 million were recognized in income related to amounts excluded from hedge effectiveness testing during the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, respectively.


		56

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

The table below summarizes gains or losses on derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009:


	Amount of Gains or (Losses) Recognized in Income(1)(2)
Product Type	Three Months Ended September 30, 2009			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
	(dollars in millions)
Interest rate contracts	$	2,333		$	3,002
Credit contracts		(2,823	)		(4,201	)
Foreign exchange contracts		(725	)		304
Equity contracts		(2,868	)		(5,857	)
Commodity contracts		487			1,701
Other contracts		79			661

Total derivative instruments	$	(3,517	)	$	(4,390	)

(1)	Gains (losses) on derivative contracts not designated as hedges are primarily included in Principal transactions—trading.

(2)	Gains (losses) associated with derivative contracts that have physically settled are excluded from the table above. Gains (losses) on these contracts are reflected with the associated cash instruments, which are also included in Principal transactions—trading.

The Company also has certain embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated from the related structured borrowings. Such derivatives are classified in Long-term borrowings and had a net fair value of $164 million and a notional of $3,892 million. The Company recognized gains of $6 million and $23 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, respectively.

As of September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, the amount of payables associated with cash collateral received that was netted against derivative assets was $69.4 billion, $88.5 billion and $76.0 billion, respectively. The amount of receivables in respect of cash collateral paid that was netted against derivative liabilities was $35.1 billion, $51.0 billion and $43.2 billion, respectively. Cash collateral receivables and payables of $28 million and $118 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2009, $1.3 billion and $92 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2008, and $1.7 billion and $4 million, respectively, as of November 30, 2008, were not offset against certain contracts that did not meet the definition of a derivative.

Credit-Risk-Related Contingencies.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral to certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. As of September 30, 2009, the aggregate fair value of derivative contracts that contain credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position totaled $20,411 million for which the Company has posted collateral of $14,828 million in the normal course of business. The amount of additional collateral that could be called by counterparties under the terms of collateral agreements in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Company’s long-term credit rating was approximately $840 million. An additional amount of approximately $991 million could be called in the event of a two-notch downgrade. Of these amounts, $1,269 million relates to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver incremental collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.


		57

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts.

The Company enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it provides counterparties protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and monoline insurers. The table below summarizes certain information regarding protection sold through credit default swaps and credit-linked notes as of September 30, 2009:


	Protection Sold
	Maximum Potential Payout/Notional										Fair Value (Asset)/ Liability(1)(2)
	Years to Maturity
Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total
	(dollars in millions)
Single name credit default swaps:
AAA	$	928	$	2,686	$	9,296	$	30,749	$	43,659	$	653
AA		13,792		29,091		42,324		41,752		126,959		534
A		37,598		95,433		113,913		54,710		301,654		(1,324	)
BBB		59,180		157,259		169,552		90,764		476,755		(3,353	)
Non-investment grade		55,111		171,191		141,972		70,889		439,163		35,324

Total		166,609		455,660		477,057		288,864		1,388,190		31,834

Index and basket credit default swaps:
AAA		18,856		25,954		62,769		73,875		181,454		(561	)
AA		12,176		1,274		19,547		14,826		47,823		1,940
A		667		11,709		29,441		17,916		59,733		(237	)
BBB		12,918		60,068		191,249		137,198		401,433		822
Non-investment grade		28,892		162,180		232,386		183,567		607,025		46,692

Total		73,509		261,185		535,392		427,382		1,297,468		48,656

Total credit default swaps sold	$	240,118	$	716,845	$	1,012,449	$	716,246	$	2,685,658	$	80,490

Other credit contracts(3)(4)	$	—	$	52	$	29	$	1,169	$	1,250	$	1,271
Credit-linked notes(4)		268		328		2,321		1,669		4,586		(1,623	)

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts	$	240,386	$	717,225	$	1,014,799	$	719,084	$	2,691,494	$	80,138

(1)	Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.

(2)	Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the quarter ended September 30, 2009.

(3)	Other credit contracts are credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.

(4)	Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.


		58

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

The table below summarizes certain information regarding protection sold through credit default swaps and credit-linked notes as of December 31, 2008:


	Protection Sold
	Maximum Potential Payout/Notional										Fair Value (Asset)/ Liability(1)
	Years to Maturity
Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total
	(dollars in millions)
Single name credit default swaps:
AAA	$	1,946	$	3,593	$	12,766	$	37,166	$	55,471	$	4,438
AA		13,450		24,897		54,308		42,355		135,010		5,757
A		45,097		81,279		156,888		72,690		355,954		20,044
BBB		54,823		142,528		250,621		117,869		565,841		51,920
Non-investment grade		47,605		144,923		231,745		83,845		508,118		116,512

Total		162,921		397,220		706,328		353,925		1,620,394		198,671

Index and basket credit default swaps:
AAA		2,989		24,821		68,390		146,105		242,305		10,936
AA		1,435		5,684		4,683		8,073		19,875		1,128
A		12,986		11,289		28,885		30,757		83,917		4,069
BBB		10,914		127,933		443,709		273,851		856,407		46,282
Non-investment grade		34,497		211,319		341,223		176,496		763,535		166,252

Total		62,821		381,046		886,890		635,282		1,966,039		228,667

Total credit default swaps sold	$	225,742	$	778,266	$	1,593,218	$	989,207	$	3,586,433	$	427,338

Other credit contracts(2)(3)	$	53	$	43	$	188	$	3,014	$	3,298	$	3,379
Credit-linked notes(3)		706		610		2,401		2,145		5,862		(1,423	)

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts	$	226,501	$	778,919	$	1,595,807	$	994,366	$	3,595,593	$	429,294

(1)	Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.

(2)	Other credit contracts are credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.

(3)	Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

Single Name Credit Default Swaps. A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Company in turn will have to perform under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, the external credit ratings, primarily Moody’s credit ratings, of the underlying reference entity of the credit default swaps are disclosed.

Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps. Index and basket credit default swaps are credit default swaps that reference multiple names through underlying baskets or portfolios of single name credit default swaps. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Company will have to pay a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default index or basket contract. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of these credit default swaps, the weighted average


		59

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

external credit ratings, primarily Moody’s credit ratings, of the underlying reference entities comprising the basket or index were calculated and disclosed.

The Company also enters into index and basket credit default swaps where the credit protection provided is based upon the application of tranching techniques. In tranched transactions, the credit risk of an index or basket is separated into various portions of the capital structure, with different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure. As external credit ratings are not always available for tranched indices and baskets, credit ratings were determined based upon an internal methodology.

Credit Protection Sold Through CLNs. The Company has invested in CLNs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the CLN, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Company.

Purchased Credit Protection. For single name credit default swaps and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Company has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $2.0 trillion and $2.7 trillion as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately $2.3 trillion and $3.0 trillion, as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations. In order to identify purchased protection with the same underlying reference obligations, the notional amount for individual reference obligations within non-tranched indices and baskets was determined on a pro rata basis and matched off against single name and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection was sold with identical underlying reference obligations. The Company may also purchase credit protection to economically hedge loans and lending commitments. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $2.8 trillion with a positive fair value of $101 billion compared with $2.7 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $80 billion as of September 30, 2009. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $3.7 trillion with a positive fair value of $463 billion compared with $3.6 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $430 billion as of December 31, 2008.

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Company risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Company manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Company under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.


		60

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

9.	Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies.

Commitments.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:


	Years to Maturity								Total at September 30, 2009
	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total at September 30, 2009
	(dollars in millions)
Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements	$	734	$	31	$	—	$	7	$	772
Investment activities		884		756		287		88		2,015
Primary lending commitments—Investment grade(1)(2)		8,477		21,782		6,649		52		36,960
Primary lending commitments—Non-investment grade(1)		755		3,701		2,853		666		7,975
Secondary lending commitments(1)		24		53		92		45		214
Commitments for secured lending transactions		780		813		1,970		—		3,563
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)		68,008		—		—		—		68,008
Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1)		1,555		—		—		—		1,555
Underwriting commitments		2,819		—		—		—		2,819
Other commitments(4)		610		1		152		—		763

Total	$	84,646	$	27,137	$	12,003	$	858	$	124,644

(1)	These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).

(2)	This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $276 million as of September 30, 2009, of which $268 million have maturities of less than one year and $8 million of which have maturities of one to three years.

(3)

The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as of or prior to September 30, 2009 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and as of September 30, 2009, $63.0 billion of the $68.0 billion settled within three business days.

(4)	Amount includes a $200 million lending facility to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company.


		61

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)


	Years to Maturity								Total at December 31, 2008
	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total at December 31, 2008
	(dollars in millions)
Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements	$	1,983	$	27	$	—	$	7	$	2,017
Investment activities		1,662		411		164		1,059		3,296
Primary lending commitments—Investment grade(1)(2)		9,906		9,973		16,672		350		36,901
Primary lending commitments—Non-investment grade(1)		617		2,258		2,864		1,266		7,005
Secondary lending commitments(1)		57		101		202		58		418
Commitments for secured lending transactions		1,202		1,000		1,658		15		3,875
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)		33,252		—		—		—		33,252
Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1)		2,735		—		—		—		2,735
Underwriting commitments		244		—		—		—		244
Other commitments(4)		1,902		2		—		—		1,904

Total	$	53,560	$	13,772	$	21,560	$	2,755	$	91,647

(1)	These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 3).

(2)	This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $589 million as of December 31, 2008, of which $581 million have maturities of less than one year and $8 million of which have maturities of three to five years.

(3)

The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as of or prior to December 31, 2008 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days, and as of December 31, 2008, $32.4 billion of the $33.3 billion settled within three business days.

(4)	This amount includes binding commitments to enter into margin-lending transactions of $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2008 in connection with the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment.

For further description of these commitments, refer to Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 included in Exhibit 99.1 in the Form 8-K.

The Company sponsors several nonconsolidated investment funds for third-party investors where the Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment adviser to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Company’s employees, including its senior officers, as well as the Company’s directors may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Company forms primarily for client investment, except that the Company may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment funds.


		62

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Guarantees.

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements as of September 30, 2009:


	Maximum Potential Payout/Notional										Carrying Amount (Asset)/ Liability			Collateral/ Recourse
	Years to Maturity
Type of Guarantee	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total
	(dollars in millions)
Credit derivative contracts(1)(2)	$	240,118	$	716,845	$	1,012,449	$	716,246	$	2,685,658	$	80,490		$	—
Other credit contracts		—		52		29		1,169		1,250		1,271			—
Credit-linked notes		268		328		2,321		1,669		4,586		(1,623	)		—
Non-credit derivative contracts(1)(3)		668,716		369,747		149,920		232,240		1,420,623		85,717			—
Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(4)(5)		1,126		2,823		1,508		4,815		10,272		1,174			5,297
Market value guarantees		—		—		—		769		769		24			124
Liquidity facilities		4,246		252		158		294		4,950		23			6,518
Whole loan sales guarantees		—		—		—		21,168		21,168		96			—
General partner guarantees		43		191		29		196		459		95			—
Auction rate security guarantees		118		—		—		—		118		6			—

(1)	Carrying amount of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 8.

(2)	For further information on credit derivatives, see Note 8.

(3)

Amounts include a guarantee to investors in undivided participating interests in claims the Company made against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. To the extent, in the future, any portion of the claims is disallowed or reduced by the bankruptcy court in excess of a certain amount, then the Company must refund a portion of the purchase price plus interest. For further information, see Note 14.

(4)

Approximately $1.9 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table above in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

(5)

Amounts include guarantees issued by consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company of approximately $2.4 billion. These guarantees relate to obligations of the fund’s investee entities, including guarantees related to capital expenditures and principal and interest debt payments. Accrued losses under these guarantees of approximately $1.3 billion are reflected as a reduction of the carrying value of the related fund investments, which are reflected in Financial instruments owned—investments on the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition.

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements as of December 31, 2008:


	Maximum Potential Payout/Notional										Carrying Amount (Asset)/ Liability			Collateral/ Recourse
	Years to Maturity
Type of Guarantee	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total
	(dollars in millions)
Credit derivative contracts(1)(2)	$	225,742	$	778,266	$	1,593,218	$	989,207	$	3,586,433	$	427,338		$	—
Other credit contracts		53		43		188		3,014		3,298		3,379			—
Credit-linked notes		706		610		2,401		2,145		5,862		(1,423	)		—
Non-credit derivative contracts(1)		684,432		385,734		195,419		274,652		1,540,237		145,609			—
Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(3)		779		1,964		1,817		4,418		8,978		78			4,787
Market value guarantees		—		—		—		645		645		36			134
Liquidity facilities		3,152		698		188		376		4,414		25			3,741
General partner guarantees		54		198		33		150		435		29			—
Auction rate security guarantees		1,747		—		—		—		1,747		40			—


		63

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

(1)	Carrying amount of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 8.

(2)	For further information on credit derivatives, see Note 8.

(3)	Approximately $2.0 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table above in primary and secondary lending commitments.

For further description of the above guarantee arrangements, refer to Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 included in Exhibit 99.1 in the Form 8-K.

The Company has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities.

In the normal course of business, the Company provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of commercial transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications are described below.

•

Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has established Morgan Stanley Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending the proceeds to the Company in exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that the Company has made payments to a Morgan Stanley Trust on the junior subordinated debentures. In the event that the Company does not make payments to a Morgan Stanley Trust, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The Company has not recorded any liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events (i.e., non-performance on the part of the paying agent) that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 included in Exhibit 99.1 in the Form 8-K for details on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures.

•

Indemnities. The Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

•

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees. The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of


		64

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Company’s guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. The maximum potential payout under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

•

Guarantees on Securitized Assets. As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities securitization and related activities, the Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets transferred in securitization transactions conform to specified guidelines. The Company may be required to repurchase such assets or indemnify the purchaser against losses if the assets do not meet certain conforming guidelines. Due diligence is performed by the Company to ensure that asset guideline qualifications are met, and, to the extent the Company has acquired such assets from other parties, the Company seeks to obtain its own representations and warranties regarding the assets. In many securitization transactions, some, but not all, of the original asset sellers provide the representations and warranties directly to the purchaser, and the Company makes representations and warranties only with respect to other assets. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of assets transferred by the Company that are subject to its representations and warranties. The Company has not provided any contingent liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for representations and warranties made in connection with securitization transactions, and it believes that the probability of any payments under those arrangements is remote.

•

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees. The Company may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Company provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make cannot be estimated. The Company believes the likelihood of any payment by the Company under these arrangements is remote given the level of the Company’s due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor.

•

Guarantees on Morgan Stanley Stable Value Program. On September 30, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with the investment manager for the Stable Value Program (“SVP”), a fund within the Company’s 401(k) plan, and certain other third parties. Under the agreement, the Company contributed $20 million to the SVP on October 15, 2009. The Company recorded the contribution in Compensation and benefits expense on the condensed consolidated statement of income for the quarter ended September 30, 2009. Additionally, the Company may have a future obligation to make a payment of $40 million to the SVP following the third anniversary of the agreement, after which the SVP would be wound down over a period of time. The future obligation is contingent upon whether the market-to-book value ratio of the portion of the SVP that is subject to certain book-value stabilizing contracts has fallen below a specific threshold and the Company and the other parties to the agreement all decline to make payments to restore the SVP to such threshold as of the third anniversary of the agreement. The Company has not recorded a liability for this guarantee in the condensed consolidated financial statements.


		65

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Contingencies.

Legal. In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress.

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters; how or if such matters will be resolved; when they will ultimately be resolved; or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such matters could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular future period, depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues, income or cash flows for such period. Legal reserves have been established in accordance with the requirements for accounting for contingencies. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

10.

Regulatory Requirements.

Morgan Stanley. In September 2008, the Company became a financial holding company subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Fed”). The Fed establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision establish similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s national banks and federal savings bank, respectively. Prior to September 2008, the Company was a consolidated supervised entity as defined by the SEC and subject to SEC regulation.


		66

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

The Company calculates its capital ratios and risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Fed. These standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published a final Basel II Accord that requires internationally active banking organizations, as well as certain of its U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. The Company will be required to implement these Basel II standards as a result of becoming a financial holding company.

As of September 30, 2009, the Company was in compliance with Basel I capital requirements with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 15.4% and total capital to RWAs of 16.5% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for regulatory purposes, respectively). In addition, financial holding companies are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Fed. The Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets and deferred tax assets). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the calendar quarter. This ratio as of September 30, 2009 was 6.2%.

The following table summarizes the capital measures for the Company at September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2009 (dollars in millions):


	September 30, 2009				June 30, 2009
	Balance		Ratio		Balance		Ratio
	(dollars in millions)
Tier 1 capital	$	45,962	15.4	%	$	43,817	15.8	%
Total capital		49,287	16.5	%		47,348	17.1	%
Risk-weighted assets		299,416	—			276,750	—
Adjusted average assets		743,362	—			678,073	—
Tier 1 leverage		—	6.2	%		—	6.5	%

The Company’s Significant U.S. Bank Operating Subsidiaries. The Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements as administered by U.S. federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional, discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

As of September 30, 2009, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of September 30, 2009, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries exceeded all regulatorily mandated and targeted minimum regulatory capital requirements to be well-capitalized. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ category.


		67

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

The table below sets forth the Company’s significant U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ capital as of September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2009.


	September 30, 2009				June 30, 2009
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
	(dollars in millions)
Total Capital (to RWAs):
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.	$	7,902	16.1	%	$	7,681	16.1	%
Morgan Stanley Trust	$	492	59.1	%	$	461	52.8	%

Tier I Capital (to RWAs):
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.	$	6,320	12.8	%	$	6,119	12.8	%
Morgan Stanley Trust	$	492	59.1	%	$	461	52.8	%

Leverage Ratio:
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.	$	6,320	9.3	%	$	6,119	9.1	%
Morgan Stanley Trust	$	492	7.5	%	$	461	7.0	%

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions, in order to be considered well-capitalized, must maintain a capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets of 6%, a ratio of total capital to risk-based assets of 10%, and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to average book assets (leverage ratio) of 5%. Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the Company must be well-capitalized in order for the Company to continue to qualify as a financial holding company and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted to financial holding companies. As of September 30, 2009, the Company’s three U.S. depository institutions maintained capital at levels in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized levels. These subsidiary depository institutions maintain capital at levels sufficiently in excess of the “well-capitalized” requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the federal banking regulators.

MS&Co. and Other Broker-Dealers. MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. MS&Co. has consistently operated in excess of these requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $9,728 million and $9,216 million as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $8,701 million and $8,366 million, respectively. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC is a registered introducing broker-dealer and registered non-clearing futures commission merchant and has operated with capital in excess of its regulatory requirements. MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Authority, and MSJS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSJS consistently operated in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of Rule 15c3-1. MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. As of September 30, 2009, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries. Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.


		68

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (“MSDP”), which is a triple-A rated derivative products subsidiary, maintains certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by various rating agencies. On July 16, 2009, Moody’s Investors Service placed MSDP, along with certain other triple-A rated derivative product companies, on review for possible downgrade. MSDP is operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of MSDP should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of MSDP.

11.

Total Equity.

Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity.

Treasury Shares. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company did not purchase any of its common stock as part of its capital management share repurchase program. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2008, the Company repurchased $487 million of its common stock as part of its capital management share repurchase program at an average cost of $20.01 per share.

China Investment Corporation Investment. In December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units that included contracts to purchase Company common stock to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC for gross proceeds of approximately $5,579 million. As a result of the MUFG Transaction referred to below, upon settlement of the Equity Units, CIC will be entitled to receive 116,062,911 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. In June 2009, to maintain its pro rata share in the Company’s share capital, CIC participated in the Company’s registered public offering of 85,890,277 shares by purchasing 45,290,576 shares of the Company’s common stock. CIC is a passive financial investor and has no special rights of ownership nor a role in the management of the Company. A substantial portion of the investment proceeds from the offering of the Equity Units was treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

For a more detailed summary of the Equity Units, including the junior subordinated debentures issued to support trust common and trust preferred securities and the stock purchase contracts, refer to Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 included in Exhibit 99.1 in the Form 8-K.

Prior to the Company’s sale to Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) of certain preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $9 billion on October 13, 2008 (“MUFG Transaction”), the impact of the Equity Units was reflected in the Company’s earnings per diluted common share using the treasury stock method. There was no dilutive impact for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008.

Effective October 13, 2008, as a result of the adjustment to the Equity Units due to the MUFG Transaction, the Equity Units are now deemed to be “participating securities” in that the Equity Units have the ability to participate in any dividends the Company declares on common shares above $0.27 per share during any quarterly reporting period via an increase in the number of common shares to be delivered upon settlement of the stock purchase contracts. During the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, no common dividends above $0.27 per share were declared.

The Equity Units do not share in any losses of the Company for purposes of calculating EPS. Therefore, if the Company incurs a loss in any reporting period, losses will not be allocated to the Equity Units in the EPS calculation.

See Note 1 for further discussion on the two-class method and Note 12 for the dilutive impact for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009.


		69

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Common Equity Offerings. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company issued common stock for approximately $6.9 billion in two registered public offerings. MUFG elected to participate in both offerings and in one of the offerings funded its purchase of $0.7 billion of common stock with the proceeds of the Company’s partial repurchase of 640,909 shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

Preferred Stock.

The Company’s preferred stock outstanding consisted of the following (dollars in millions):


Series	Dividend Rate (Annual)		Shares Outstanding at September 30, 2009	Liquidation Preference per Share		Convertible to Morgan Stanley Shares	Carrying Value
Series	Dividend Rate (Annual)		Shares Outstanding at September 30, 2009	Liquidation Preference per Share		Convertible to Morgan Stanley Shares	At September 30, 2009		At December 31, 2008		At November 30, 2008
							(dollars in millions)
A	N/A	(1)	44,000	$	25,000	—	$	1,100	$	1,100	$	1,100
B	10.00	%	7,839,209		1,000	310,464,033		8,089		8,089		8,089
C	10.00	%(2)	519,882		1,000	—		408		911		911
D	5.00	%(3)	—		—	—		—		9,068		9,055

Total							$	9,597	$	19,168	$	19,155

(1)	The Series A Preferred Stock pays a non-cumulative dividend, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, in cash, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (1) the three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus 0.70% or (2) 4%.

(2)

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, 640,909 shares were redeemed with an aggregate price equal to the aggregate price exchanged by MUFG for $0.7 billion of common stock resulting in a negative adjustment of approximately $202 million in calculating earnings per basic and diluted share (see Note 12).

(3)

The Series D Preferred Stock paid a compounding cumulative dividend, in cash, at the rate of 5% per annum for the first five years commencing with the issuance of the Series D Preferred Stock, and 9% thereafter on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. In June 2009, the Series D Preferred Stock was repurchased by the Company.

In June 2009, the Company repurchased 10,000,000 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, par value $0.01 per share, liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Series D Preferred Stock”) that the Company had issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”) in October 2008, at the liquidation preference amount plus accrued and unpaid dividends, for an aggregate repurchase price of $10,086 million.

As a result of the Company’s repurchasing the Series D Preferred Stock, the Company incurred a one-time negative adjustment of $850 million in its calculation of basic and diluted EPS (reduction to earnings (losses) applicable to the Company’s common shareholders) for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 due to the accelerated amortization of the issuance discount on the Series D Preferred Stock.

In connection with the issuance of the Series D Preferred Stock, the Company also issued a warrant to U.S. Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”) for the purchase of 65,245,759 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $22.99 per share.

In August 2009, under the terms of the CPP securities purchase agreement, the Company repurchased the warrant from the U.S. Treasury in the amount of $950 million. The repurchase of the Series D Preferred Stock, in the amount of $10.0 billion and the warrant in the amount of $950 million, reduced the Company’s total equity by $10,950 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

For further information on the Company’s preferred stock and warrant, refer to Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 included in Exhibit 99.1 in the Form 8-K.


		70

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Non-controlling Interest.

Deconsolidation of subsidiaries

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company deconsolidated MSCI in connection with the Company’s disposition of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI and recognized an after-tax gain of approximately $310 million. The Company did not retain any investments in MSCI upon deconsolidation. See Note 20 for further information on discontinued operations.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2008, the Company deconsolidated certain subsidiaries and recognized gains of approximately $70 million, included in Other revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of income.

Changes in the Company’s ownership interest in subsidiaries

The following table presents the effect on the Company’s shareholders’ equity from changes in ownership of subsidiaries resulting from transactions with non-controlling interests.


	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
	(dollars in millions)
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	729
Transfers (to) from the non-controlling interests:
Increase in paid-in capital in connection with MSSB		1,711

Net transfers (to) from non-controlling interests		1,711

Change from net income attributable to Morgan Stanley and transfers (to) from non-controlling interests	$	2,440

The increase in paid-in capital results from Citi’s equity interest in MSSB, to which the Company had contributed certain businesses associated with the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group. The excess of the preliminary net fair value received by the Company over the increase in non-controlling interest associated with Smith Barney is reflected as an increase in paid-in capital. See Note 2 for further information regarding the MSSB transaction.

The impact on the Company’s shareholders’ equity from transactions with non-controlling interests was not material for the nine month period ended September 30, 2008.


		71

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

12.

Earnings per Common Share.

Basic EPS is computed by dividing income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock unit awards where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The Company calculates EPS using the two-class method (see Note 1) and determines whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities. The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009			2008			2009			2008
Basic EPS:
Income from continuing operations	$	793		$	7,707		$	303		$	9,811
Net gain on discontinued operations		—			464			333			951

Net income		793			8,171			636			10,762
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests		36			20			(93	)		55

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley		757			8,151			729			10,707
Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock)		(11	)		(11	)		(33	)		(36	)
Less: Preferred dividends (Series B Preferred Stock)		(196	)		—			(588	)		—
Less: Preferred dividends (Series C Preferred Stock)		(13	)		—			(55	)		—
Less: Partial Redemption of Series C Preferred Stock		—			—			(202	)		—
Less: Preferred dividends (Series D Preferred Stock)		—			—			(212	)		—
Less: Amortization and acceleration of issuance discount for Series D Preferred Stock (see Note 11)		—			—			(932	)		—
Less: Allocation of earnings to unvested restricted stock units(1)		(26	)		(456	)		(8	)		(641	)
Less: Allocation of undistributed earnings to Equity Units		(13	)		—			—			—

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders	$	498		$	7,684		$	(1,301	)	$	10,030

Weighted average common shares outstanding		1,294			1,041			1,148			1,039

Earnings (losses) per basic common share:
Income (losses) from continuing operations	$	0.39		$	6.97		$	(1.41	)	$	8.82
Net gain on discontinued operations		—			0.41			0.28			0.84

Earnings (losses) per basic common share	$	0.39		$	7.38		$	(1.13	)	$	9.66

Diluted EPS:
Earnings (losses) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders	$	498		$	7,684		$	(1,301	)	$	10,030

Weighted average common shares outstanding		1,294			1,041			1,148			1,039
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options and restricted stock units(1)		—			1			—			3
Warrants issued to U.S. Treasury (see Note 11)		6			—			—			—

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents		1,300			1,042			1,148			1,042

Earnings (losses) per diluted common share:
Income (losses) from continuing operations	$	0.38		$	6.97		$	(1.41	)	$	8.80
Net gain on discontinued operations		—			0.41			0.28			0.83

Earnings (losses) per diluted common share	$	0.38		$	7.38		$	(1.13	)	$	9.63

(1)	The restricted stock units participate in all of the earnings of the Company in the computation of basic EPS, and therefore, the restricted stock units are not included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.


		72

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:


	Three Months Ended September 30,		Nine Months Ended September 30,
Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period:	2009	2008	2009	2008
	(shares in millions)
Stock options	84	83	84	82
Restricted stock units	64	50	64	50
Equity Units(1)	116	116	116	116
Series B Preferred Stock	311	—	311	—

Total	575	249	575	248

(1)

The CIC Equity Units participate in substantially all of the earnings of the Company (i.e., any earnings above $0.27 per quarter) in basic EPS (assuming a full distribution of earnings of the Company), and therefore, the CIC Equity Units generally would not be included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.

13.

Interest and Dividends and Interest Expense.

Details of Interest and dividends revenue and Interest expense were as follows (dollars in millions):


	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009			2008		2009		2008
Interest and dividends(1):
Financial instruments owned(2)	$	1,421		$	2,150	$	3,857	$	6,496
Receivables from other loans		19			138		120		596
Interest bearing deposits with banks		48			447		224		1,400
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed		159			4,067		736		12,902
Other		342			2,824		969		10,138

Total Interest and dividends revenues	$	1,989		$	9,626	$	5,906	$	31,532

Interest expense(1):
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	9		$	74	$	43	$	469
Deposits		116			104		365		500
Long-term debt		1,212			2,154		4,073		6,226
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned		283			3,480		1,140		11,735
Other		(212	)		3,037		38		10,770

Total Interest expense		1,408			8,849		5,659		29,700

Net interest and dividends revenues	$	581		$	777	$	247	$	1,832

(1)

Interest income and expense and dividend income are recorded within the condensed consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest and dividends are included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest and dividends are included within Principal transactions—trading revenues or Principal transactions—investment revenues. Otherwise, they are included within Interest and dividends income or Interest expense.

(2)	Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased is reported as a reduction of Interest and dividends revenues.


		73

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

14.

Sale of Bankruptcy Claims Related to a Derivative Counterparty.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company entered into multiple participation agreements with certain investors whereby the Company sold undivided participating interests representing 85% (or $1,158 million) of its claims totaling $1,362 million, pursuant to International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) master agreements, against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. The Company received cash proceeds of $445 million and recorded a gain on sale of approximately $334 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009. The gain is reflected in the condensed consolidated statement of income in Principal transactions-trading revenues within the Institutional Securities business segment.

As a result of the bankruptcy of the derivative counterparty, the Company, as contractually entitled, exercised remedies as the non-defaulting party and determined the value of the claims under the ISDA master agreements in a commercially reasonable manner. The Company filed its claims with the bankruptcy court. In connection with the sale of the undivided participating interests in a portion of the claims, the Company provided certain representations and warranties related to the allowance of the amount stated in the claims submitted to the bankruptcy court. The bankruptcy court will be evaluating all of the claims filed against the derivative counterparty. To the extent, in the future, any portion of the stated claims is disallowed or reduced by the bankruptcy court in excess of a certain amount, then the Company must refund a portion of the purchase price plus interest from the date of the participation agreements to the repayment date. The maximum amount that the Company could be required to refund is the total proceeds of $445 million plus interest. The Company recorded a liability for the fair value of this possible disallowance. The fair value was determined by assessing mid-market values of the underlying transactions, where possible, prevailing bid-offer spreads around the time of the bankruptcy filing, and applying valuation adjustments related to estimating unwind costs. The investors, however, bear full price risk associated with the allowed claims as it relates to the liquidation proceeds from the bankruptcy estate. The Company also agreed to service the claims and, as such, recorded a liability for the fair value of the servicing obligation. The Company will continue to measure these obligations at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. These obligations are reflected in the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivatives and other contracts, in Note 3 as Level 3 instruments, and in Note 8 as Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges. The disallowance obligation is also reflected in Note 9 in the guarantees table.

15.

Other Revenues.

For the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, Other revenues included gains of $485 million from repurchasing the Company’s debt in the open market. In fiscal 2008, the Company sold Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U., its Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business. Other revenues for the nine month period ended September 30, 2008 included $743 million related to the sale.


		74

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

16.

Employee Benefit Plans.

The Company maintains various pension and benefit plans for eligible employees.

The components of the Company’s net periodic benefit expense for its pension and postretirement plans were as follows:


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009			2008			2009			2008
	(dollars in millions)
Service cost, benefits earned during the period	$	32		$	28		$	95		$	83
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation		41			36			121			109
Expected return on plan assets		(31	)		(31	)		(92	)		(96	)
Net amortization of prior service costs		(3	)		(3	)		(7	)		(7	)
Net amortization of actuarial loss		11			7			32			23

Net periodic benefit expense	$	50		$	37		$	149		$	112

17.

Income Taxes.

The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”), and states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. During 2009, the Japanese tax authorities are expected to conclude the field work portion of their examinations on issues covering tax years 2007 and 2008. During 2010, the IRS is expected to conclude the field work portion of its examination of issues covering tax years 1999-2005. Also during 2010, the Company expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on issues through tax year 2007, including those in appeals. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from these and subsequent years’ examinations. The Company has established unrecognized tax benefits that the Company believes are adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change. The Company believes that the resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the Company’s effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and impact on the effective tax rate over the next twelve months.


		75

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

18.

Segment and Geographic Information.

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. For further discussion of the Company’s business segments, see Note 1.

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining their operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by the Asset Management business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s global representatives. Intersegment eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment related to the bank deposit program.

Selected financial information for the Company’s business segments is presented below:


Three Months Ended September 30, 2009	Institutional Securities		Global Wealth Management Group		Asset Management			Intersegment Eliminations			Total
	(dollars in millions)
Total non-interest revenues	$	4,623	$	2,861	$	756		$	(146	)	$	8,094
Net interest		351		168		(58	)		120			581

Net revenues	$	4,974	$	3,029	$	698		$	(26	)	$	8,675

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	$	1,290	$	280	$	(356	)	$	1		$	1,215
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		418		92		(88	)		—			422

Net income (loss)		872		188		(268	)		1			793
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests		15		83		(62	)		—			36

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	857	$	105	$	(206	)	$	1		$	757


		76

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)



Three Months Ended September 30, 2008	Institutional Securities		Global Wealth Management Group			Asset Management			Intersegment Eliminations			Total
	(dollars in millions)
Total non-interest revenues	$	15,421	$	1,318		$	575		$	(80	)	$	17,234
Net interest		622		264			(126	)		17			777

Net revenues	$	16,043	$	1,582		$	449		$	(63	)	$	18,011

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	$	10,992	$	(1	)	$	(310	)	$	—		$	10,681
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		3,087		(13	)		(101	)		1			2,974

Income (loss) from continuing operations		7,905		12			(209	)		(1	)		7,707

Discontinued operations(1):
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations		759		—			(3	)		—			756
Provision for income taxes		293		—			(1	)		—			292

Gain (loss) on discontinued operations		466		—			(2	)		—			464

Net income (loss)		8,371		12			(211	)		(1	)		8,171
Net income applicable to non-controlling interests		20		—			—			—			20

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley(2)	$	8,351	$	12		$	(211	)	$	(1	)	$	8,151


Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009	Institutional Securities			Global Wealth Management Group			Asset Management			Intersegment Eliminations			Total
	(dollars in millions)
Total non-interest revenues	$	9,813		$	5,736		$	1,534		$	(298	)	$	16,785
Net interest		(275	)		515			(189	)		196			247

Net revenues	$	9,538		$	6,251		$	1,345		$	(102	)	$	17,032

Income (loss) before income taxes	$	513		$	328		$	(1,154	)	$	1		$	(312	)
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes		(365	)		109			(359	)		—			(615	)

Income (loss) from continuing operations		878			219			(795	)		1			303

Discontinued operations(1):
Gain from discontinued operations (including gain on disposal of $499 million)		537			—			—			—			537
Provision for income taxes		204			—			—			—			204

Gain on discontinued operations		333			—			—			—			333

Net income (loss)		1,211			219			(795	)		1			636
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests		5			(35	)		(63	)		—			(93	)

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley(2)	$	1,206		$	254		$	(732	)	$	1		$	729


		77

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)


Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008	Institutional Securities		Global Wealth Management Group		Asset Management			Intersegment Eliminations			Total
	(dollars in millions)
Total non-interest revenues	$	23,625	$	4,885	$	1,791		$	(193	)	$	30,108
Net interest		1,245		725		(186	)		48			1,832

Net revenues	$	24,870	$	5,610	$	1,605		$	(145	)	$	31,940

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	$	12,998	$	1,220	$	(654	)	$	6		$	13,570
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		3,550		443		(238	)		4			3,759

Income (loss) from continuing operations		9,448		777		(416	)		2			9,811

Discontinued operations(1):
Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations		1,556		—		(3	)		—			1,553
Provision for income taxes		603		—		(1	)		—			602

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations		953		—		(2	)		—			951

Net income (loss)		10,401		777		(418	)		2			10,762
Net income applicable to non-controlling interests		55		—		—			—			55

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley(2)	$	10,346	$	777	$	(418	)	$	2		$	10,707

(1)	See Note 20 for a discussion of discontinued operations.

(2)

Amounts include net gains on discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley of $317 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 and $453 million and $925 million in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008 related to MSCI Inc. that are included in the Institutional Securities business segment. Amounts also include net loss on discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley of $2 million in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008 related to Crescent that are included in the Asset Management business segment.


Net Interest	Institutional Securities			Global Wealth Management Group		Asset Management			Intersegment Eliminations			Total
	(dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2009
Interest and dividends	$	1,661		$	327	$	8		$	(7	)	$	1,989
Interest expense		1,310			159		66			(127	)		1,408

Net interest	$	351		$	168	$	(58	)	$	120		$	581

Three Months Ended September 30, 2008
Interest and dividends	$	9,260		$	343	$	35		$	(12	)	$	9,626
Interest expense		8,638			79		161			(29	)		8,849

Net interest	$	622		$	264	$	(126	)	$	17		$	777

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
Interest and dividends	$	5,085		$	818	$	25		$	(22	)	$	5,906
Interest expense		5,360			303		214			(218	)		5,659

Net interest	$	(275	)	$	515	$	(189	)	$	196		$	247

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008
Interest and dividends	$	30,550		$	958	$	58		$	(34	)	$	31,532
Interest expense		29,305			233		244			(82	)		29,700

Net interest	$	1,245		$	725	$	(186	)	$	48		$	1,832


		78

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)


Total Assets(1)	Institutional Securities		Global Wealth Management Group		Asset Management		Total
	(dollars in millions)
At September 30, 2009	$	715,696	$	42,744	$	11,063	$	769,503

At December 31, 2008	$	639,866	$	24,273	$	12,625	$	676,764

At November 30, 2008	$	623,299	$	22,586	$	13,150	$	659,035

(1)	Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Company’s business segments.

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted through European and Asian locations. The following table presents selected income statement information of the Company’s operations by geographic area. The net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

•

Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location, debt underwriting—revenue recording location, sales and trading—trading desk location.

•

Global Wealth Management Group: global representative coverage location.

•

Asset Management: client location, except for merchant banking business, which is based on asset location.


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009		2008		2009		2008
Net revenues	(dollars in millions)
Americas	$	6,373	$	8,359	$	13,718	$	14,666
Europe, Middle East, and Africa		1,631		8,414		1,719		13,895
Asia		671		1,238		1,595		3,379

Total	$	8,675	$	18,011	$	17,032	$	31,940

19.

Joint Venture.

Japan Securities Joint Venture. On March 26, 2009, MUFG and the Company announced that they had signed a memorandum of understanding to form a securities joint venture between Mitsubishi UFJ Securities Co., Ltd. and MSJS.

Both parties will work to conclude definitive agreements regarding the joint venture. The joint venture is subject to the execution of the definitive agreements and to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

In addition, on June 30, 2009, MUFG and the Company announced the creation of a loan marketing joint venture in the Americas starting initially in the U.S., subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions, and business referral arrangements in Asia, Europe, the Middle East and Africa. MUFG and the Company also entered into a referral agreement for commodities transactions executed outside of Japan and a transfer of personnel between MUFG and the Company for the sharing of best practices and expertise.


		79

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

20.

Discontinued Operations.

MSCI. MSCI is a provider of investment decision support tools to investment institutions worldwide. In the quarter ended June 30, 2008 and September 30, 2008, the Company sold approximately 53 million of its MSCI shares in two secondary offerings (see Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 included in Exhibit 99.1 in the Form 8-K for further information.) In May 2009, the Company sold all of its remaining 28 million shares in MSCI in a secondary offering. In the quarter ended June 30, 2009, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $573 million and recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $499 million ($310 million after-tax), net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses. The results of MSCI prior to the divestiture are included within discontinued operations for all periods presented and recorded within the Institutional Securities business segment.

The table below provides information regarding the MSCI secondary offerings (amounts in millions):


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009		2008		2009		2008
Net proceeds	$	—	$	780	$	573	$	1,560
Net revenues		—		745		503		1,489
Pre-tax gain		—		731		499		1,463

Crescent. In addition, discontinued operations in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008 include operating results and gains (losses) related to the disposition of certain properties previously owned by Crescent, a real estate subsidiary of the Company. Net revenues included in discontinued operations related to the properties were $3 million and $6 million for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008, respectively. The results of certain Crescent properties previously owned by the Company were formerly included in the Asset Management business segment.

Summarized Financial Information for the Company’s discontinued operations for the quarters and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2008:

The table below provides information regarding amounts included within discontinued operations (dollars in millions):


	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009		2008			2009		2008
	(dollars in millions)
Pre-tax (loss) gain on discontinued operations:
MSCI	$	—	$	759		$	537	$	1,556
Crescent		—		(3	)		—		(3	)

	$	—	$	756		$	537	$	1,553

21.

Subsequent Events.

Retail Asset Management Business. On October 19, 2009, the Company announced as part of a restructuring of its Asset Management business segment a definitive agreement to sell its retail asset management business, including Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (“Van Kampen”), to Invesco Ltd. (“Invesco”). This transaction allows the Company to focus on its institutional client base, including corporations, pension plans, large intermediaries, foundations and endowments, sovereign wealth funds, and central banks, among others.


		80

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Under the terms of the definitive agreement, Invesco will purchase the Company’s retail asset management business, operating under both the Morgan Stanley and Van Kampen brands, in a stock and cash transaction valued at $1.5 billion. The Company will receive a 9.4% minority interest in Invesco. The transaction, which has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies, is expected to close in mid-2010, subject to customary closing conditions, approval by the funds’ boards of directors and their shareholders and regulatory approvals.

Common Dividend. On October 21, 2009, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05. The dividend is payable on November 13, 2009 to common shareholders of record on October 30, 2009.

The Company has updated its subsequent events disclosure through November 6, 2009, the filing date of this Form 10-Q Report.


		81

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the related condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows and changes in total equity for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008. These condensed consolidated interim financial statements are the responsibility of the management of the Company.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of November 30, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the fiscal year then ended included in Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K; and in our report dated January 28, 2009 (August 24, 2009 as to Note 1—Discontinued Operations and Note 22—Discontinued Operations, Noncontrolling Interest, Earnings per Common Share), which report contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” and SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R),” an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption of SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51,” an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption of FASB Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” and an explanatory paragraph relating to the divestiture of all of the Company’s remaining ownership interest in MSCI, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of November 30, 2008 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated statement of financial condition from which it has been derived.

As discussed in Note 1 to the condensed consolidated interim financial statements, the Company changed its fiscal year-end from November 30 to December 31 and recast prior interim financial statements to a calendar year basis.

As discussed in Note 1 to the condensed consolidated interim financial statements, effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted FASB accounting guidance, which addresses noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements.

As discussed in Note 1 and Note 12 to the condensed consolidated interim financial statements, effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted FASB accounting guidance, which addresses the computation of EPS under the two-class method for share-based payment transactions that are participating securities.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

November 6, 2009


		82

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Introduction.

Morgan Stanley (or the “Company”) is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. A summary of the activities of each of the business segments is as follows.

Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSB”) (see Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements), provides brokerage and investment advisory services covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.

The discussion of the Company’s results of operations below may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company’s future results, please see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, “Competition” and “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 (the “Form 10-K”), “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations” in Exhibit 99.1, Item 7 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 24, 2009 (the “Form 8-K”), “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Form 8-K and in the Company’s 2009 Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and other items throughout the Form 10-K, Forms 10-Q and the Company’s 2009 Current Reports on Form 8-K.

The Company’s results of operations for the quarter and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008 are discussed below.

Discontinued Operations.

MSCI. In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”). The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations for all periods prior to the divestiture. The results of MSCI were formerly included in the continuing operations of the Institutional Securities business segment.

See Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information on discontinued operations.


		83

Recent Business Developments.


		84

Executive Summary.

Financial Information.


	At or for the Three Months Ended September 30,						At or for the Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009(1)			2008(2)			2009(1)			2008(2)
Net revenues (dollars in millions):
Institutional Securities	$	4,974		$	16,043		$	9,538		$	24,870
Global Wealth Management Group		3,029			1,582			6,251			5,610
Asset Management		698			449			1,345			1,605
Intersegment Eliminations		(26	)		(63	)		(102	)		(145	)

Consolidated net revenues	$	8,675		$	18,011		$	17,032		$	31,940

Consolidated net income (dollars in millions)	$	793		$	8,171		$	636		$	10,762
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interest (dollars in millions)		36			20			(93	)		55

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley (dollars in millions)	$	757		$	8,151		$	729		$	10,707

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley (dollars in millions):
Institutional Securities	$	857		$	7,898		$	889		$	9,421
Global Wealth Management Group		105			12			254			777
Asset Management		(206	)		(209	)		(732	)		(416	)
Intersegment Eliminations		1			(1	)		1			2

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	757		$	7,700		$	412		$	9,784

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley (dollars in millions):
Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	757		$	7,700		$	412		$	9,784
Gain from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley, after tax		—			451			317			923

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley (dollars in millions)	$	757		$	8,151		$	729		$	10,707

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders (dollars in millions)	$	498		$	7,684		$	(1,301	)	$	10,030

Earnings per basic common share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	0.39		$	6.97		$	(1.41	)	$	8.82
Gain from discontinued operations(3)		—			0.41			0.28			0.84

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(4)	$	0.39		$	7.38		$	(1.13	)	$	9.66

Earnings per diluted common share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	0.38		$	6.97		$	(1.41	)	$	8.80
Gain from discontinued operations(3)		—			0.41			0.28			0.83

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(4)	$	0.38		$	7.38		$	(1.13	)	$	9.63

Regional net revenues (dollars in millions)(5):
Americas	$	6,373		$	8,359		$	13,718		$	14,666
Europe, Middle East and Africa		1,631			8,414			1,719			13,895
Asia		671			1,238			1,595			3,379

Consolidated net revenues	$	8,675		$	18,011		$	17,032		$	31,940


		85

Statistical Data.


	At or for the Three Months Ended September 30,						At or for the Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009(1)			2008(2)			2009(1)			2008(2)
Average common equity (dollars in billions)(6):
Institutional Securities	$	16.7		$	22.7		$	18.4		$	23.0
Global Wealth Management Group		7.4			1.5			3.8			1.4
Asset Management		2.9			4.2			3.2			3.9
Unallocated capital		9.7			7.4			7.6			5.1

Total from continuing operations		36.7			35.8			33.0			33.4
Discontinued operations		—			0.3			0.2			0.4

Consolidated average common equity	$	36.7		$	36.1		$	33.2		$	33.8

Return on average common equity(6):
Consolidated		6	%		N/M			N/M			N/M
Institutional Securities		19	%		N/M			4	%		N/M
Global Wealth Management Group		5	%		3	%		8	%		N/M
Asset Management		N/M			N/M			N/M			N/M
Book value per common share(7)	$	27.05		$	38.13		$	27.05		$	38.13
Tangible common equity(8)	$	28,850		$	36,754		$	28,850		$	36,754
Tangible book value per common share(9)	$	21.23		$	34.61		$	21.23		$	34.61
Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio(10)		9.6	%		N/A			9.6	%		N/A
Effective income tax rate from continuing operations(11)		34.7	%		27.8	%		197.1	%		27.7	%

Worldwide employees(12)		62,004			46,321			62,004			46,321

Average liquidity (dollars in billions)(13):
Parent company liquidity	$	58		$	72		$	60		$	74
Bank and other subsidiary liquidity		97			90			92			72

Total liquidity	$	155		$	162		$	152		$	146

Capital ratios at September 30, 2009(14):
Total capital ratio		16.5	%		N/A			16.5	%		N/A
Tier 1 capital ratio		15.4	%		N/A			15.4	%		N/A
Tier 1 leverage ratio		6.2	%		N/A			6.2	%		N/A
Tier 1 common ratio		8.2	%		N/A			8.2	%		N/A
Consolidated assets under management or supervision by asset class (dollars in billions):
Equity(15)	$	386		$	254		$	386		$	254
Fixed income(15)		212			208			212			208
Alternatives(16)		53			67			53			67
Private equity		4			3			4			3
Infrastructure		4			4			4			4
Real estate		15			35			15			35

Subtotal		674			571			674			571
Unit trusts		12			11			12			11
Other(15)		57			48			57			48

Total assets under management or supervision(17)		743			630			743			630
Share of non-controlling interest assets(18)		6			7			6			7

Total	$	749		$	637		$	749		$	637


		86

Statistical Data—(Continued).


	At or for the Three Months Ended September 30,						At or for the Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009(1)			2008(2)			2009(1)			2008(2)
Institutional Securities:
Pre-tax profit margin(19)		26	%		69	%		5	%		52	%

Global Wealth Management Group:
Global representatives		18,160			8,588			18,160			8,588
Annualized net revenue per global representative (dollars in thousands)(20)	$	662		$	750		$	661		$	773
Assets by client segment (dollars in billions):
$10 million or more	$	438		$	190		$	438		$	190
$1 million to $10 million		620			241			620			241

Subtotal $1 million or more		1,058			431			1,058			431
$100,000 to $1 million		420			188			420			188
Less than $100,000		54			28			54			28

Total client assets	$	1,532		$	647		$	1,532		$	647

Fee-based assets as a percentage of total client assets		24	%		26	%		24	%		26	%
Client assets per global representative (dollars in millions)(21)	$	84		$	75		$	84		$	75
Bank deposits (dollars in billions)(22)	$	110		$	34		$	110		$	34
Pre-tax profit margin(19)		9	%		N/M			5	%		22	%

Asset Management:
Assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(18)	$	386		$	483		$	386		$	483
Percent of fund assets in top half of Lipper rankings(23)		72	%		54	%		72	%		54	%
Pre-tax profit margin(19)		N/M			N/M			N/M			N/M

N/M – Not Meaningful.

N/A – Not Applicable.

(1)	Information includes MSSB effective from May 31, 2009 (see Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).

(2)	Certain prior-period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.

(3)	Amounts include operating results and gains on secondary offerings related to MSCI and operating results and gains (losses) related to the disposition of certain properties previously owned by Crescent.

(4)	For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share (“EPS”), see Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

(5)

Regional net revenues in Europe, Middle East and Africa were negatively impacted by the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, in the quarter and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009. The prior periods were positively impacted by the widening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the decrease in fair value of such borrowings. Regional net revenues reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location; debt underwriting—revenue recording location; sales and trading—trading desk location. Global Wealth Management Group: global representative location. Asset Management: client location, except for the merchant banking business, which is based on asset location.

(6)

The computation of average common equity for each business segment is based upon an economic capital framework that estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses over a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor requirements. Economic capital is assigned to each business segment based on a regulatory capital framework plus additional capital for stress losses. Economic capital requirements are met by regulatory Tier 1 equity (including shareholders’ equity, certain preferred stock, eligible hybrid capital instruments, non-controlling interests and deductions of certain goodwill, intangible assets, net deferred tax assets and debt valuation adjustment), subject to regulatory limits. The economic capital framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. The effective tax rates used in the computation of business segment return on average common equity were determined on a separate entity basis.

(7)	Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $36,752 million as of September 30, 2009 and $40,492 million as of September 30, 2008, divided by common shares outstanding of 1,359 million as of September 30, 2009 and 1,062 million as of September 30, 2008.


		87

(8)	Tangible common equity equals common shareholders’ equity less goodwill and intangible assets net of allowable mortgage servicing rights. The balance for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009 includes the Company’s share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangible assets.

(9)	Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity divided by period end common shares outstanding.

(10)	Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio equals tangible common equity divided by total risk-weighted assets of $299,416 million.

(11)

The effective tax rate for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 includes a tax benefit of $331 million, or $0.33 per diluted share, resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates. Excluding this benefit, the annual effective tax rate in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 would have been 91.0%.

(12)	Worldwide employees as of September 30, 2009 include additional worldwide employees contributed by Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) related to MSSB.

(13)	For a discussion of average liquidity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Management Policies—Liquidity Reserves” herein.

(14)	For a discussion of total capital ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio and Tier 1 leverage ratio, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein. For a discussion of Tier 1 common ratio, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—The Balance Sheet” herein.

(15)	Equity and fixed income amounts include assets under management or supervision associated with the Asset Management and Global Wealth Management Group business segments. Other amounts include assets under management or supervision associated with the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.

(16)	Amounts reported for Alternatives reflect the Company’s invested equity in those funds and include a range of alternative investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds and funds of private equity funds.

(17)	Revenues and expenses associated with these assets are included in the Company’s Asset Management and Global Wealth Management Group business segments.

(18)	Amounts represent Asset Management’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a non-controlling interest.

(19)	Percentages represent income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.

(20)

Annualized net revenue per global representative for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008 equals Global Wealth Management Group’s net revenues (excluding the sale of Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (“MSWM S.V.”) for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2008) divided by the quarterly weighted average global representative headcount for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively.

(21)	Client assets per global representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end global representative headcount.

(22)

Approximately $52 billion of the bank deposit balances as of September 30, 2009 and $34 billion as of September 30, 2008 are attributable to the Company’s interest in MSSB. These deposit balances are held at certain of the Company’s Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insured depository institutions for the benefit of retail clients through their accounts.

(23)	Source: Lipper, one-year performance excluding money market funds as of September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively.

Global Market and Economic Conditions.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, global market and economic conditions improved and global capital markets began to recover from the severe downturn that occurred during the Fall of 2008.

In the U.S., economic conditions improved, liquidity began to return to the fixed income markets, the initial public offering market reopened and the securitization market began to reopen, while the real estate markets continued to be adversely impacted. During the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, major U.S. equity market indices rose, as compared with the beginning of the quarter and the year, primarily due to better than expected corporate earnings and investor confidence in an economic recovery. Consumer spending, household balance sheets and business fixed investments remained challenged. The unemployment rate increased to 9.8% at September 30, 2009 from 7.2% at December 31, 2008. The Federal Open Market Committee kept its interest rates at historically low levels and at September 30, 2009, the federal funds target rate was between zero and 0.25% and the discount rate was 0.50%.

In Europe, during the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, major European equity market indices improved, as compared with the beginning of the quarter and the year. Economic conditions, however, continued to be challenged by adverse economic developments that began in the Fall of 2008. The euro area unemployment rate increased to 9.7% at September 2009 from 8.2% at December 2008. During the first half of 2009, the European Central Bank (“ECB”) lowered its benchmark interest rate by 1.50% to a record low of 1.00% and during the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the ECB left its benchmark interest rate unchanged. During the first half of 2009, the Bank of England (“BOE”) lowered its benchmark interest rate by 1.50% to 0.50% and during


		88

the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the BOE left its benchmark interest rate unchanged. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the BOE pursued a quantitative easing policy in which the BOE would purchase securities, including U.K. Government Gilts, with the objective of increasing the money supply.

In Asia, during the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, economic conditions continued to be challenged by adverse economic developments that began in the Fall of 2008, including a decline in exports in both China and Japan. Despite lower exports, China’s economy continued to benefit from domestic demand for capital projects. Equity markets in China were lower in the quarter, while higher in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009. Japanese equity markets were higher in both the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, as compared with the beginning of the quarter and the year. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Bank of Japan (“BOJ”) pursued a quantitative easing policy in which the BOJ would purchase securities with the objective of increasing liquidity and reducing the reliance on short-term liquidity by providing longer term liquidity via Japanese government bond purchases.

Overview of the Quarter and Nine Month Period ended September 30, 2009 Financial Results.

The Company recorded net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $757 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 compared with net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $8,151 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008. Comparisons of the current quarter results with prior periods are impacted by three months results of MSSB, which closed on May 31, 2009. The current quarter included losses of $0.9 billion related to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value. The prior year quarter included gains of $9.7 billion related to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value. Diluted EPS were $0.38 in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 compared with $7.38 in the prior year period. Diluted EPS from continuing operations were $0.38 in the current quarter compared with $6.97 in the prior year period.

Net revenues (total revenues less interest expense) decreased 52% to $8,675 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009. The quarter ended September 30, 2009 included losses of $0.9 billion from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value compared with gains of $9.7 billion in the prior year quarter related to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value. Net revenues also included a gain of approximately $334 million related to the sale of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. Non-interest expenses were $7,460 million, which were relatively unchanged from the prior year period, primarily due to higher non-compensation costs offset by lower compensation costs. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 2%, primarily reflecting lower net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 10%, primarily driven by the additional operating results and integration costs related to MSSB and an impairment charge of $251 million associated with Crescent, partly offset by lower levels of business activity and the Company’s initiatives to reduce costs.

For the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company recorded net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $729 million compared with net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $10,707 million a year ago. Net revenues decreased 47% to $17,032 million and non-interest expenses decreased 6% to $17,344 million. Net revenues reflected losses of approximately $4.9 billion in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 related to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value. Net revenues reflected gains of approximately $11.3 billion in the nine month period ended September 30, 2008 related to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value. Results for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 included the after-tax net gain of $310 million in discontinued operations reflecting a gain on the sale of the Company’s remaining ownership interest in MSCI (see Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). Diluted EPS were ($1.13) for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 compared with $9.63 a year ago. Diluted EPS from continuing operations were ($1.41) compared with $8.80 a year ago.

The Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 34.7% and 197.1% for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009 compared with 27.8% and 27.7% for the quarter and nine month


		89

period ended September 30, 2008, respectively. The Company recognized a tax benefit of $331 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates. Excluding this benefit, the annual effective tax rate in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 would have been 91.0%. The increase in the effective rate in the quarter and the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 primarily reflected the impact of lower level of earnings and a change in the geographic mix of earnings between domestic and foreign sources.

The results for the nine month period ended September 30, 2008 included a pre-tax gain of $688 million related to the sale of MSWM S.V.

Institutional Securities. Institutional Securities recorded income from continuing operations before income taxes of $1,290 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 compared with income from continuing operations before income taxes of $10,992 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008. Net revenues decreased 69% to $4,974 million as the prior year quarter included gains of $9.6 billion resulting from the widening of credit spreads on the Company’s borrowings for which the fair value option was elected compared with losses of $850 million resulting from the tightening of credit spreads on such borrowings. In addition, the quarter ended September 30, 2009 reflected lower net revenues from commodities, prime brokerage, derivative products and equity cash products, partially offset by higher net revenues from investment banking and interest rate and credit products and net gains related to mark to market valuations on loans and lending commitments associated with the Company’s corporate lending activities. Non-interest expenses decreased 27% to $3,684 million from the prior year quarter, primarily due to lower compensation costs, reflecting lower net revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 14% from last year’s third quarter, resulting from lower levels of business activity and the Company’s initiatives to reduce costs.

Investment banking revenues increased 11% to $1,039 million from the quarter ended September 30, 2008, primarily reflecting higher revenues from underwriting transactions, partially offset by lower advisory fees. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $279 million, a decrease of 44% from the comparable period of 2008, reflecting lower levels of market activity. Underwriting revenues of $760 million increased 74% from the prior year quarter, reflecting higher levels of market activity.

Equity sales and trading revenues were $1,073 million, compared with net revenues of $6,031 million in the prior year quarter. The decline in the quarter was primarily due to lower net revenues from derivative products and equity cash products, reflecting lower levels of market volume and market volatility and lower average prime brokerage client balances. Equity sales and trading revenues were also negatively impacted by losses of $206 million from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value compared with gains of $3,651 million in the prior year period. Fixed income sales and trading revenues were $2,064 million compared with net revenues of $8,847 million in last year’s third quarter. Fixed income sales and trading were negatively impacted by losses of $546 million from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value compared with gains of $5,342 million in the prior year period. These losses were partially offset by strong net revenues in investment grade and distressed debt trading. Results in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 also included a gain of approximately $334 million related to the sale of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection.

In the quarter ended September 30, 2009, other sales and trading net revenues were $670 million compared with net losses of $493 million in last year’s third quarter. Revenues included net mark-to-market gains of $506 million on loans and lending commitments, which were partially offset by $98 million related to the tightening of the Company’s debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to China Investment Corporation Ltd.’s (“CIC”) investment in the Company.

Principal transaction net investment gains of $37 million were recognized in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 compared with net investment losses of $390 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008. The gains were related to net realized and unrealized gains from the Company’s investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans and other investments. The current quarter also included lower realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s limited partnership investments in real estate funds.


		90

Global Wealth Management Group. Global Wealth Management Group recorded income before income taxes of $280 million compared with a loss of $1 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008. The current quarter included the operating results for MSSB, which closed on May 31, 2009. Net revenues increased 91% from the prior year period to $3,029 million. The increase was primarily related to higher revenues from asset management, distribution and administration fees, higher commission revenues, higher revenues from principal transactions trading activities and higher investment banking revenues, partially offset by lower net interest. Client assets in fee-based accounts increased 116% from the prior year period to $365 billion and decreased as a percentage of total client assets to 24% compared with 26% as of September 30, 2008. In addition, total client assets rose to $1,532 billion as of September 30, 2009 from $647 billion as of September 30, 2008, primarily as a result of MSSB.

Total non-interest expenses were $2,749 million, a 74% increase from the prior year quarter. The increase primarily reflected the operating results of MSSB, the amortization of MSSB’s intangible assets and integration costs for MSSB. Compensation and benefits expense increased 106% in the quarter ended September 30, 2009, primarily due to MSSB’s results. Non-compensation expenses increased 26% in the quarter ended September 30, 2009. The increase reflected MSSB’s operating results, integration costs related to MSSB and amortization of MSSB’s intangible assets. As a result of the MSSB transaction, the number of global representatives increased 111% to 18,160 from 8,588 a year ago.

Asset Management. Asset Management recorded a loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $356 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 compared with a loss of $310 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008, as losses in the merchant banking business were partially offset by profitable results in the core businesses, which include traditional equity and fixed income funds, hedge funds and fund of funds. Net revenues were $698 million compared with $449 million a year ago. Net revenues included higher principal investment revenues, partially offset by lower asset management, distribution and administrative fees, primarily reflecting lower average assets under management. The quarter also reflected losses related to the consolidation of two real estate funds sponsored by the Company. Assets under management or supervision within Asset Management of $386 billion were down $97 billion, or 20%, from September 30, 2008, primarily reflecting net customer outflows of $79.4 billion since the third quarter of last year, primarily in the Company’s money market and long-term fixed income funds. Non-interest expenses were $1,054 million, an increase of 39% from a year ago. Compensation and benefits expense increased 27%, primarily due to higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 49% primarily due to an impairment charge associated with Crescent.


		91

Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations and Earnings Per Common Share.

The Company’s results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by economic factors. In addition, results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors of a global nature, including political and economic conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income and credit markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and with respect to commercial real estate investments; the level and volatility of equity prices, commodity prices and interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to the Company’s unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the Company’s reputation; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors; and the impact of current, pending and future legislation, regulation, and technological changes in the U.S. and worldwide. Such factors also may have an impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives on a global basis. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Company’s business, see “Competition” and “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Form 10-K.

Results of Operations.

The following items significantly affected the Company’s results in the quarters and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008.

Morgan Stanley Debt. Net revenues reflected losses of approximately $0.9 billion and $4.9 billion, respectively, in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009 from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings, including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures, that are accounted for at fair value. Net revenues reflected gains of approximately $9.7 billion and $11.3 billion in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008, respectively, from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings, reflecting a period of unprecedented market turmoil.

In addition, in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company recorded losses of approximately $29 million and gains of $485 million, respectively, from repurchasing its debt in the open market.

Real Estate Investments. In the quarters and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, the Company recorded losses in the following business segments related to real estate investments. These amounts exclude investments that benefit certain deferred compensation and employee co-investment plans.


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009			2008			2009			2008
	(dollars in billions)
Institutional Securities(1)	$	—		$	(0.2	)	$	(0.8	)	$	(0.4	)
Asset Management(2)		(0.4	)		—			(1.3	)		(0.4	)

Total	$	(0.4	)	$	(0.2	)	$	(2.1	)	$	(0.8	)

(1)	Losses related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s limited partnership investments in real estate funds and are reflected in Principal transaction net investment revenues in the condensed consolidated statement of income.

(2)

Losses related to net realized and unrealized losses from real estate investments in the Company’s merchant banking business and are reflected in Principal transaction net investment revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income. In addition, losses included an impairment charge of $251 million and $420 million, respectively, in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009 related to Crescent, which is reflected in Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of income.


		92

See “Other Matters—Real Estate” herein for further information.

Corporate Lending. The results for the quarters and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008 included the following amounts primarily associated with loans and lending commitments.


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009(1)			2008(1)			2009(1)			2008(1)
	(dollars in billions)
Gains (losses) on loans and lending commitments	$	1.4		$	(1.2	)	$	3.6		$	(3.1	)
Gains (losses) on hedges		(0.9	)		0.5			(2.9	)		1.0

Total (losses) gains	$	0.5		$	(0.7	)	$	0.7		$	(2.1	)

(1)	Amounts include realized and unrealized gains (losses).

Mortgage-Related Trading. The Company recognized mortgage-related trading losses relating to commercial mortgage-backed securities, commercial whole loan positions, U.S. subprime mortgage propriety trading exposures and non-subprime residential mortgages of $0.1 billion and $1.2 billion in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, respectively. In the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008, the Company recorded losses of $0.8 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively.

Sale of Bankruptcy Claims. The Company recorded a gain of approximately $334 million related to the sale of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. For further information, see “Other Matters—Sale of Bankruptcy Claims” herein.

Monoline Insurers. Monoline insurers (“Monolines”) provide credit enhancement to capital markets transactions. The quarter ended September 30, 2009 included losses of $345 million related to Monoline exposures as compared with losses of $321 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008. The nine month period ended September 30, 2009 included losses of $289 million as compared with losses of $1.3 billion in the prior year period. The current credit environment continued to affect the capacity of such financial guarantors. The Company’s direct exposure to Monolines is limited to bonds that are insured by Monolines and to derivative contracts with a Monoline as counterparty. The Company’s exposure to Monolines as of September 30, 2009 consisted primarily of asset-backed securities bonds of approximately $433 million in the portfolio of Morgan Stanley Bank N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust FSB (collectively the “Subsidiary Banks”) that are collateralized primarily by first and second lien subprime mortgages enhanced by financial guarantees, approximately $2.1 billion in insured municipal bond securities and approximately $521 million in net counterparty exposure (gross exposure of approximately $5.5 billion net of cumulative credit valuation adjustments of approximately $2.9 billion and net of hedges). The Company’s hedging program for Monoline risk includes the use of transactions that effectively mitigate certain market risk components of existing underlying transactions with the Monolines. Net counterparty exposure is defined as potential loss to the Company over a period of time in an event of 100% default of a Monoline, assuming zero recovery.

MSSB. During the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company recorded $65 million and $351 million, respectively, in integration costs. Year-to-date integration costs include a one-time expense of $124 million for replacement of deferred compensation awards for MSSB retirement-eligible employees. The costs of these replacement awards are fully allocated to Citi.

Structured Investment Vehicles. The Company recognized gains of $171 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 compared with losses of $66 million and $212 million in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008 related to securities issued by structured investment vehicles (“SIVs”). The Company no longer has any SIV positions on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.


		93

Discontinued Operations. In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI. The gain on sale, net of taxes, was approximately $310 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009. The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations for all periods prior to the divestiture. The results of MSCI were formerly included in the continuing operations of the Institutional Securities business segment.

In addition, discontinued operations in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008 include operating results and gains (losses) related to the disposition of certain properties previously owned by Crescent. The results of certain Crescent properties previously owned by the Company were formerly included in the Asset Management business segment.

Income Tax Benefit. The Company recognized a tax benefit of $331 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates.


		94

Equity Capital-Related Transactions.

In August 2009, under the terms of the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) securities purchase agreement, the Company repurchased the warrant from the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”) in the amount of $950 million. The warrant was previously issued to the U.S. Treasury for the purchase of 65,245,759 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $22.99 per share. The repayment of the Series D Preferred Stock, in the amount of $10.0 billion, completed in June 2009, and the warrant repurchase in the amount of $950 million reduced the Company’s total equity by $10,950 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company issued common stock for approximately $6.9 billion in two registered public offerings in May and June 2009. Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) elected to participate in both offerings and in one of the offerings funded its purchase of $0.7 billion of common stock with the proceeds of the Company’s partial repurchase of its Series C Preferred Stock.

See Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further discussion of these transactions.

Business Segments.

Substantially all of the Company’s operating revenues and operating expenses can be directly attributed to its business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective revenues or other relevant measures.


		95

INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION


	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009		2008			2009			2008
	(dollars in millions)
Revenues:
Investment banking(1)	$	1,039	$	936		$	2,974		$	2,874
Principal transactions:
Trading		2,922		12,978			5,533			17,652
Investments		37		(390	)		(937	)		(807	)
Commissions		534		785			1,610			2,473
Asset management, distribution and administration fees		29		34			74			103
Other		62		1,078			559			1,330

Total non-interest revenues		4,623		15,421			9,813			23,625

Interest and dividends		1,661		9,260			5,085			30,550
Interest expense		1,310		8,638			5,360			29,305

Net interest		351		622			(275	)		1,245

Net revenues		4,974		16,043			9,538			24,870

Compensation and benefits		2,584		3,773			5,737			7,846
Non-compensation expenses		1,100		1,278			3,288			4,026

Total non-interest expenses		3,684		5,051			9,025			11,872

Income from continuing operations before income taxes		1,290		10,992			513			12,998
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		418		3,087			(365	)		3,550

Income from continuing operations		872		7,905			878			9,448

Discontinued operations:
Gain from discontinued operations		—		759			537			1,556
Provision for income taxes		—		293			204			603

Gain from discontinued operations		—		466			333			953

Net income		872		8,371			1,211			10,401
Net income applicable to non-controlling interests		15		20			5			55

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	857	$	8,351		$	1,206		$	10,346

Amounts attributable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders:
Income from continuing operations, net of tax	$	857	$	7,898		$	889		$	9,421
Gain from discontinued operations, net of tax		—		453			317			925

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	857	$	8,351		$	1,206		$	10,346

(1)	Underwriting revenues exclude fees from Company self-issuances.

Investment Banking. Investment banking revenues for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 increased 11% from the comparable period of 2008, primarily reflecting higher revenues from underwriting transactions, partially offset by lower advisory fees. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $279 million, a decrease of 44% from the comparable period of 2008, reflecting lower levels of market activity. Underwriting revenues of $760 million increased 74% from the third quarter of 2008 on higher levels of market activity and exclude fees from Company self-issuances. Equity underwriting revenues increased 137% to $457 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009, primarily driven by strong results in Asia. Fixed income underwriting revenues increased 25% to $303 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009, primarily due to higher investment grade and high-yield bond activity.


		96

Investment banking revenues in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 increased 3% from the comparable period of 2008 as higher revenues from equity and fixed income underwriting transactions were partially offset by lower advisory revenues.

Sales and Trading Revenues. Sales and trading revenues are composed of principal transaction trading revenues, commissions and net interest revenues (expenses). In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views principal trading, commissions and net interest revenues (expenses) in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to principal transactions are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Company’s positions, and other related expenses.

Total sales and trading revenues decreased 74% in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 from the comparable period of 2008. The prior year quarter included gains of approximately $9.6 billion related to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the decrease in the fair value of certain of the Company’s borrowings for which the fair value option was elected.

Sales and trading revenues can also be analyzed as follows:


	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009(1)		2008(1)			2009(1)			2008(1)
	(dollars in millions)
Equity	$	1,073	$	6,031		$	2,631		$	11,673
Fixed income		2,064		8,847			4,331			11,947
Other		670		(493	)		(94	)		(2,250	)

Total sales and trading revenues	$	3,807	$	14,385		$	6,868		$	21,370

(1)	Amounts include Principal transactions—trading, Commissions and Net interest revenues (expenses). Other sales and trading net revenues primarily include net gains (losses) from loans and lending commitments and related hedges associated with the Company’s lending and other corporate activities.

Equity Sales and Trading Revenues. Equity sales and trading revenues decreased 82% to $1,073 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009. Lower net revenues from derivative products and equity cash products, reflecting lower levels of market volume and market volatility, and lower average prime brokerage client balances contributed to the decline in revenues during the quarter. Equity sales and trading revenues were also impacted by the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on financial instruments that are accounted for at fair value, including, but not limited to, those for which the fair value option was elected (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). Equity sales and trading revenues reflected losses of approximately $206 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 due to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected compared with gains of approximately $3,651 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008 related to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads.

In the quarter ended September 30, 2009, equity sales and trading revenues also reflected unrealized gains of approximately $54 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the counterparties’ credit default spreads compared with losses of $51 million in the prior year quarter related to the widening of the counterparties’ credit default spreads. The Company also recorded unrealized losses of approximately $32 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads compared with gains of $399 million in the prior year quarter related to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads. The unrealized losses and gains do not reflect any gains or losses on related non-derivative hedging instruments.


		97

Fixed Income Sales and Trading Revenues. Fixed income sales and trading revenues decreased 77% to $2,064 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009. Interest rate, currency and credit products revenues increased 8% in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 due to higher net revenues from interest rate and credit products, primarily reflecting strong investment grade and distressed debt trading, partially offset by lower levels of client activity and market volatility. Commodity revenues decreased 77% in the quarter ended September 30, 2009, primarily due to lower revenues from oil liquids, electricity and natural gas products, reflecting reduced levels of client activity and unfavorable market conditions. Results in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 also included a gain of approximately $334 million related to the sale of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection.

The quarter ended September 30, 2009 reflected losses of approximately $546 million from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected compared with gains of approximately $5,342 million in the prior year quarter related to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).

In the quarter ended September 30, 2009, fixed income sales and trading revenues reflected unrealized gains of approximately $1,307 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the counterparties’ credit default spreads compared with unrealized losses of approximately $434 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008 related to the widening of the counterparties’ credit default spreads. The Company also recorded unrealized losses of approximately $219 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009, related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized gains of approximately $1,831 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008 related to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads. The unrealized losses and gains do not reflect any gains or losses on related non-derivative hedging instruments.

Other Sales and Trading Revenues. Sales and trading revenues included other trading revenues, consisting primarily of certain activities associated with the Company’s corporate lending activities. In the quarter ended September 30, 2009, other sales and trading gains were $670 million compared with losses of $493 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008. Included in the $670 million were net gains of approximately $506 million (mark-to-market valuations and realized gains of approximately $1,408 million partially offset by losses on related hedges of approximately $902 million) associated with loans and lending commitments. Results in the current quarter also included a negative adjustment of $98 million, reflecting the improvement in the Company’s debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to CIC’s investment in the Company compared with gains of $562 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008.

Included in the $493 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 were net losses of approximately $728 million (mark-to-market valuations and realized losses of approximately $1.2 billion partially offset by net gains on related hedges of approximately $538 million) associated with loans and lending commitments largely related to “event-driven” lending to non-investment grade companies.

Sales and Trading Revenues in the Nine Month Period Ended September 30, 2009. Total sales and trading revenues decreased 68% in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 from the comparable period of 2008, reflecting lower equity and fixed income sales and trading revenues, partially offset by fewer losses in other sales and trading revenues. Equity sales and trading revenues decreased 77% primarily due to lower revenues from derivative products, prime brokerage and equity cash products. Equity sales and trading revenues also reflected losses of approximately $1,509 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 due to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected compared with a benefit of approximately $4,231 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2008 due to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings. Fixed income sales and trading


		98

revenues decreased 64% primarily due to losses of approximately $2,869 million from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected compared with a benefit of approximately $6,239 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2008 due to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings and lower revenues from commodities, partially offset by higher revenues from interest rate, currency and credit products. In the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, other sales and trading losses were $94 million compared with losses of $2,250 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2008. The losses in other sales and trading revenues in the nine month period ended September 30, 2008 were primarily related to mark to market valuations on loans and lending commitments associated with the Company’s corporate lending activities, primarily “event-driven” lending and writedowns of securities of approximately $0.5 billion in the Company’s Subsidiary Banks. Results in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 also included a negative adjustment of $435 million, reflecting the improvement in the Company’s debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to CIC’s investment in the Company compared with gains of $651 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008.

Principal Transactions—Investments. Principal transaction net investment gains were $37 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 compared with net investment losses of $390 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008. Principal transaction net investment losses were $937 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 compared with $807 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2008. The gains in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 were primarily related to net realized and unrealized investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans and other investments. The current quarter also included lower realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s limited partnership investments in real estate funds. The losses in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 and in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008 were primarily related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s limited partnership investments in real estate funds and investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

Other. Other revenues decreased 94% and 58% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009. During the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company recorded losses of approximately $29 million and gains of approximately $485 million, respectively, from the Company’s repurchase of debt in the open market. The results in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008 primarily reflected gains of approximately $1.0 billion from the Company’s repurchase of debt. The nine month period ended September 30, 2008 also included a gain associated with the sale of a controlling interest in a previously consolidated commodities subsidiary.

Non-Interest Expenses. Non-interest expenses decreased 27% in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and 24% in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009. The decrease in both periods was primarily due to lower compensation and benefits expense. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 32% and 27% in the quarter and nine month period, primarily reflecting lower incentive-based compensation accruals due to lower net revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 14% and 18% in the quarter and nine month period, partly due to lower levels of business activity and the Company’s initiatives to reduce costs. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees decreased 20% and 32% in the quarter and nine month period, primarily due to decreased trading activity. Marketing and business development expenses decreased 41% and 46% in the quarter and nine month period, primarily due to lower levels of business activity. Professional services expense decreased 13% and 22% in the quarter and nine month period, primarily due to lower consulting fees. The results in the nine month period were also due to lower legal and recruiting fees. Other expenses decreased 26% and 18% in the quarter and nine month period, primarily resulting from lower levels of business activity and lower litigation expense.


		99

GLOBAL WEALTH MANAGEMENT GROUP

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION


	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009		2008			2009			2008
	(dollars in millions)
Revenues:
Investment banking	$	168	$	82		$	394		$	351
Principal transactions:
Trading		346		186			895			570
Investments		10		(16	)		(3	)		(22	)
Commissions		709		342			1,383			1,045
Asset management, distribution and administration fees		1,574		690			2,901			2,065
Other		54		34			166			876

Total non-interest revenues		2,861		1,318			5,736			4,885

Interest and dividends		327		343			818			958
Interest expense		159		79			303			233

Net interest		168		264			515			725

Net revenues		3,029		1,582			6,251			5,610

Compensation and benefits		1,943		942			4,149			3,008
Non-compensation expenses		806		641			1,774			1,382

Total non-interest expenses		2,749		1,583			5,923			4,390

Income (loss) before income taxes		280		(1	)		328			1,220
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		92		(13	)		109			443

Net income		188		12			219			777
Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests		83		—			(35	)		—

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	105	$	12		$	254		$	777

On May 31, 2009, MSSB was formed (see Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further information). The Company owns 51% of MSSB, which is consolidated. As a result, the operating results for MSSB are included in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment since May 31, 2009. Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests of $83 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and net losses of $35 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 represents Citi’s interest in MSSB.

Investment Banking. Investment banking revenues increased 105% and 12% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, primarily due to the operating results of MSSB and higher equity underwriting activity, partially offset by lower underwriting activity across fixed income and unit trust products.

Principal Transactions—Trading. Principal transaction trading revenues increased 86% and 57% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, primarily due to the operating results of MSSB and higher revenues from municipal and corporate fixed income securities, partially offset by lower revenues from government securities. The quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009 also reflected net gains associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans.

Principal Transactions—Investments. Principal transaction net investment gains were $10 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 compared with net investment losses of $16 million in the quarter ended


		100

September 30, 2008. Principal transaction net investment losses were $3 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 compared with net investment losses of $22 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2008. The gains in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 primarily reflected net gains associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans. The losses in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 and in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008 primarily reflected net losses associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans.

Commissions. Commission revenues increased 107% in the quarter ended September 30, 2009, reflecting the operating results of MSSB and higher client activity. Commission revenues increased 32% in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, reflecting the operating results of MSSB, partially offset by lower client activity.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 128% and 40% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, primarily due to the operating results of MSSB and fees associated with customer account balances in the bank deposit program. Results in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 were partially offset by lower client asset balances in fee-based accounts prior to the consummation of the MSSB transaction. Beginning in June 2009, revenues in the bank deposit program are primarily included in Asset management, distribution and administration fees prospectively. These revenues were previously reported in Interest and dividends revenues. This change is the result of agreements that were entered into in connection with the MSSB transaction.

Balances in the bank deposit program rose to $110.4 billion as of September 30, 2009 from $33.8 billion as of September 30, 2008, primarily due to MSSB. Deposits held by certain of the Company’s FDIC-insured depository institutions were $52 billion of the $110 billion deposits.

Client assets in fee-based accounts increased 116% to $365 billion as of September 30, 2009 and represented 24% of total client assets compared with 26% as of September 30, 2008.

Total client asset balances increased to $1,532 billion as of September 30, 2009 from $647 billion as of September 30, 2008, primarily due to MSSB. Client asset balances in households with assets greater than $1 million increased to $1,058 billion as of September 30, 2009 from $431 billion as of September 30, 2008.

Other. Other revenues increased 59% in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and decreased 81% in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009. The results in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009 included the operating results of MSSB. The results in the nine month period ended September 30, 2008 included $743 million related to the sale of MSWM S.V., the Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business.

Net Interest. Net interest revenues decreased 36% and 29% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, primarily reflecting the change in classification of the bank deposit program noted above, a decline in customer margin loan balances and increased funding costs.

Non-Interest Expenses. Non-interest expenses increased 74% and 35% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, respectively, and included the operating results of MSSB, the amortization of MSSB’s intangible assets and integration costs for MSSB. Integration costs for MSSB were $65 million and $351 million for the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, respectively. Integration costs for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 included a one-time expense of $124 million for replacement deferred compensation awards. The cost of these replacement awards was fully allocated to Citi within non-controlling interests. Compensation and benefits expense increased 106% and 38% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, primarily reflecting MSSB and the replacement awards noted above. Non-compensation expenses increased 26% and 28% in the quarter and nine month period. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 107% and 53% in the quarter and nine month period, primarily due to the operating


		101

results of MSSB. The results in the nine month period were also due to higher rent and lease expenses. Information processing and communications expense increased 82% and 36% in the quarter and nine month period primarily due to the operating results of MSSB. Professional services expense increased 53% and 46% in the quarter and nine month period, primarily due to costs related to MSSB. Other expenses decreased 12% in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and increased 10% in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 as compared with the prior year periods. The decrease in Other expenses in the quarter was due to a charge of $275 million related to auction rate securities recorded in the prior year period. The increase in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 was primarily due to the operating costs of MSSB and a charge of $25 million related to FDIC assessment on deposits.


		102

ASSET MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009			2008			2009			2008
	(dollars in millions)
Revenues:
Investment banking	$	19		$	17		$	55		$	82
Principal transactions:
Trading		(25	)		23			(122	)		(143	)
Investments		52			(327	)		(348	)		(728	)
Commissions		2			3			7			11
Asset management, distribution and administration fees		566			699			1,573			2,285
Other		142			160			369			284

Total non-interest revenues		756			575			1,534			1,791

Interest and dividends		8			35			25			58
Interest expense		66			161			214			244

Net interest		(58	)		(126	)		(189	)		(186	)

Net revenues		698			449			1,345			1,605

Compensation and benefits		433			342			983			1,109
Non-compensation expenses		621			417			1,516			1,150

Total non-interest expenses		1,054			759			2,499			2,259

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes		(356	)		(310	)		(1,154	)		(654	)
Benefit from income taxes		(88	)		(101	)		(359	)		(238	)

Loss from continuing operations		(268	)		(209	)		(795	)		(416	)

Discontinued operations:
Loss from discontinued operations		—			(3	)		—			(3	)
Benefit from income taxes		—			(1	)		—			(1	)

Loss from discontinued operations		—			(2	)		—			(2	)

Net loss		(268	)		(211	)		(795	)		(418	)
Net loss applicable to non-controlling interests		(62	)		—			(63	)		—

Net loss applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	(206	)	$	(211	)	$	(732	)	$	(418	)

Investment Banking. Investment banking revenues decreased 33% in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, primarily reflecting lower revenues from real estate products.

Principal Transactions—Trading. In the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company recognized losses of $25 million and $122 million, respectively, compared with a gain of $23 million and losses of $143 million in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008, respectively. Trading results in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009 included losses from hedges on certain investments and long-term debt. Trading results in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 also included mark-to-market losses related to a lending facility to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company. Losses in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 were partially offset by gains of $171 million related to SIV positions that were held on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition compared with losses of $66 million and $212 million in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008, respectively.


		103

Principal Transactions—Investments. Principal transaction net investment gains of $52 million and net investment losses of $348 million were recognized in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009 as compared with losses of $327 million and $728 million in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008. The results in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 were primarily related to net investment gains associated with the Company’s alternatives, equity and private equity investments, as well as gains associated with certain investments for the benefit of the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. The results in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 were primarily related to net investment losses associated with the Company’s real estate investments, losses associated with Crescent and losses associated with certain investments for the benefit of the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Losses in the nine month period were partially offset by net investment gains associated with the Company’s alternatives business.

The quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009 also included operating losses of two consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company. The Company consolidated the funds during the quarter ended September 30, 2009 due to a reassessment of its primary beneficiary position with respect to the funds reflecting the continued deterioration of equity in the funds combined with the Company’s financial assistance provided to the funds. The limited partnership interests in the earnings of these funds are reported in Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests on the condensed consolidated statement of income.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees decreased 19% and 31% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009 compared with the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2008, respectively. The decrease in the quarter and nine month period primarily reflected lower fund management and administration fees reflecting a decrease in average assets under management.


		104

Asset Management’s period-end and average assets under management or supervision were as follows:


	At September 30,				Average For the Three Months Ended September 30,				Average For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009		2008		2009		2008		2009		2008
	(dollars in billions)
Assets under management or supervision by distribution channel:
Morgan Stanley Retail and Intermediary	$	50	$	61	$	48	$	68	$	45	$	73
Van Kampen Retail and Intermediary		98		112		92		121		85		131
Retail money markets		19		31		20		34		23		34

Total Americas Retail		167		204		160		223		153		238
U.S. Institutional		78		107		76		117		78		122
Institutional money markets		34		55		37		84		44		80
Non-U.S.		101		110		96		120		93		125

Total assets under management or supervision		380		476		369		544		368		565
Share of non-controlling interest assets(1)		6		7		6		8		6		7

Total	$	386	$	483	$	375	$	552	$	374	$	572


	At September 30,				Average For the Three Months Ended September 30,				Average For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009		2008		2009		2008		2009		2008
	(dollars in billions)
Assets under management or supervision by asset class:
Equity	$	166	$	181	$	156	$	203	$	142	$	224
Fixed income		130		175		131		215		141		214
Alternatives(2)		49		67		47		70		45		71
Unit trust		12		11		11		12		9		13

Total core asset management		357		434		345		500		337		522

Private equity		4		3		4		3		4		3
Infrastructure		4		4		4		4		4		3
Real estate		15		35		16		37		23		37

Total merchant banking		23		42		24		44		31		43

Total assets under management or supervision		380		476		369		544		368		565
Share of non-controlling interest assets(1)		6		7		6		8		6		7

Total	$	386	$	483	$	375	$	552	$	374	$	572

(1)	Amounts represent Asset Management’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a non-controlling interest.

(2)	The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds and funds of private equity funds.


		105

Activity in Asset Management’s assets under management or supervision for the quarters and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008 were as follows:


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2009			2008			2009			2008
	(dollars in billions)
Balance at beginning of period	$	361		$	579		$	404		$	590
Net flows by distribution channel:
Morgan Stanley Retail and Intermediary		1			(3	)		(2	)		(5	)
Van Kampen Retail and Intermediary		(1	)		(5	)		(6	)		(9	)
Retail money markets		(2	)		(5	)		(10	)		(2	)

Total Americas Retail		(2	)		(13	)		(18	)		(16	)
U.S. Institutional		(2	)		(4	)		(11	)		(3	)
Institutional money markets		(5	)		(34	)		(19	)		(12	)
Non-U.S.		—			—			(7	)		1

Total net flows		(9	)		(51	)		(55	)		(30	)
Net market appreciation/(depreciation)		34			(45	)		37			(78	)

Total net increase/(decrease)		25			(96	)		(18	)		(108	)
Acquisitions		—			—			—			1

Balance at end of period	$	386		$	483		$	386		$	483

Net flows in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 were associated with negative outflows from Institutional money markets, Retail money markets and U.S. Institutional. Net flows in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 were associated with negative outflows across all distribution channels. The Company’s decline in assets under management from September 30, 2008 to September 30, 2009 included net customer outflows of $79.4 billion, primarily in the Company’s money market and long-term fixed income funds.

Other. Other revenues decreased 11% in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 compared with the quarter ended September 30, 2008 and increased 30% in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 compared with the nine month period ended September 30, 2008. The results in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 were primarily due to lower revenues associated with Crescent. The results in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 were primarily due to higher revenues associated with Crescent. Other revenues in the nine month period were partially offset by a $46 million impairment on certain equity method investments owned by Crescent. See “Other Matters—Real Estate” herein for further discussion. The results in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 also reflected lower revenues associated with Lansdowne Partners, a London-based investment manager in which the Company has a non-controlling interest.

Non-Interest Expenses. Non-interest expenses increased 39% and 11% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, respectively, from the comparable periods of 2008. The results in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 primarily reflected an impairment charge of $251 million associated with Crescent and an increase in compensation and benefits expense. The results in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 primarily reflected higher operating costs and an impairment charge of $420 million associated with Crescent, partially offset by a decrease in compensation and benefits expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased 27% in the quarter ended September 30, 2009, primarily reflecting higher net revenues. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 11% in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, primarily reflecting lower net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 49% and 32% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees decreased 49% and 47% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, primarily due to lower fee sharing expenses. Marketing and business development expense decreased 43% and 42% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, primarily due to lower levels of business activity. Professional services expense decreased


		106

12% and 16% in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, primarily due to lower consulting fees. Other expenses increased by $286 million to $396 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and increased by $616 million to $838 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, primarily due to Crescent operating costs and the impairment charges of $251 million and $420 million in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, respectively, as previously mentioned.


		107

Other Matters.

Sale of Bankruptcy Claims.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company entered into multiple participation agreements with certain investors whereby the Company sold undivided participating interests representing 85% (or $1,158 million) of its claims totaling $1,362 million, pursuant to International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) master agreements, against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. The Company received cash proceeds of $445 million and recorded a gain on sale of approximately $334 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009. The gain is reflected in the condensed consolidated statement of income in Principal transactions—trading revenues within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Real Estate.

Real Estate Investor Funds. The Company acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner.

Crescent and Other Consolidated Interests. The assets of Crescent primarily include office buildings, investments in resorts and residential developments in select markets across the U.S. (the “Crescent properties”). The Company also holds other consolidated interests related to real estate funds and private equity investments. Included in Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of income are impairment charges associated with Crescent of $251 million and $420 million in the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, respectively.


		108

Real Estate Investments. The Company’s real estate investments as of September 30, 2009 are shown below. Such amounts exclude investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.


	Statement of Financial Condition September 30, 2009		Statement of Financial Condition December 31, 2008		Loss Three Months Ended September 30, 2009			Loss Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
	(dollars in billions)
Crescent and other consolidated interests(1)	$	3.7	$	3.8	$	(0.4	)	$	(1.0	)
Real estate funds(2)		0.5		1.0		—			(0.9	)
Real estate bridge financing		—		0.2		—			(0.2	)
Infrastructure fund		0.2		0.1		—			—

Total(3)	$	4.4	$	5.1	$	(0.4	)	$	(2.1	)

(1)

Condensed consolidated statement of financial condition amounts represent investment assets of consolidated subsidiaries, net of non-controlling interests, certain of which are subject to non-recourse debt of $2.5 billion provided by third-party lenders (see Note 7 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). Condensed consolidated statement of income amounts directly related to investments held by consolidated subsidiaries are condensed in this presentation and include principal transactions, net operating revenues and expenses and impairment charges.

(2)

In the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company consolidated certain real estate funds resulting in a transfer of investment assets of $0.2 billion, which is net of non-controlling interests of $0.6 billion, from real estate funds to consolidated interests. The results for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 for these newly consolidated subsidiaries, net of non-controlling interests, were not significant. The Company consolidated the funds during the quarter ended September 30, 2009 due to a reassessment of its primary beneficiary position with respect to the funds, reflecting the continued deterioration of equity in the funds combined with the Company’s financial assistance provided to the funds. The limited partnership interests in the earnings of these funds are reported in Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests on the condensed consolidated statement of income.

(3)	The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investments of $1.6 billion as of September 30, 2009 (see Note 9 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).

Mortgage-Related Exposures.

The Company’s net exposure relating to mortgage-related trading positions was $7.4 billion as of September 30, 2009. Net exposure is defined as potential loss to the Company over a period of time in an event of 100% default of the referenced loan, assuming zero recovery. The net/asset liability position reflected in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of financial condition was $30.2 billion as of September 30, 2009. Such amounts do not take into account any netting of cash collateral against these positions.

The following matters are discussed in the Company’s notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements. For further information on these matters, please see the applicable note:


		Note

Accounting Developments:

Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards		1

Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions		1

Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets		1

Instruments Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock		1

Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets		1

Subsequent Events		1

Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities		1

FASB Accounting Standards Codification		1

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures		1

Income Taxes		17


		109

Critical Accounting Policies.

The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 in Exhibit 99.1 in the Form 8-K), the following involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Fair Value.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value. A significant number of the Company’s financial instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. The Company makes estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the condensed consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include but are not limited to:

•

Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased;

•

Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral;

•

Certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes;

•

Certain Deposits;

•

Other secured financings; and

•

Certain Long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes and certain junior subordinated debentures.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 uses observable prices in active markets, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and therefore require the greatest use of judgment. In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a continued downturn in market conditions could lead to further declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, see Notes 1 and 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s Level 3 assets before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $51.5 billion, $83.6 billion and $86.4 billion as of September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively, and represented approximately 15%, 29% and 30% as of September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively, of the assets measured at fair value (7%, 12% and 13% of total assets as of September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively). Level 3 liabilities before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $18.8 billion, $29.8 billion and $28.4 billion as of September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively, and represented approximately 10%, 17% and 16%, respectively, of the Company’s liabilities measured at fair value.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $3.8 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans, state and municipal securities, asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. The reclassifications were primarily due to an increase in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or available broker quotes, such that observable inputs were utilized for the fair value measurement


		110

of these instruments. Corporate loans were reclassified as more liquidity entered the market and price transparency increased for certain corporate loans due to refinancing activities. Separately, certain SLARS were reclassified from Level 3 to Level 2 as there was increased activity in the SLARS market and restructuring activity of the underlying trusts.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $1.3 billion of certain Long-term borrowings from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications primarily related to structured notes for which certain significant inputs became unobservable and deemed significant.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis. Certain of the Company’s assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company incurs impairment charges for any writedowns of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Control Processes. The Company employs control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to assure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable. These control processes include reviews of the pricing model’s theoretical soundness and appropriateness by Company personnel with relevant expertise who are independent from the trading desks. Additionally, groups independent from the trading divisions within the Financial Control, Market Risk and Credit Risk Management Departments participate in the review and validation of the fair values generated from pricing models, as appropriate. Where a pricing model is used to determine fair value, recently executed comparable transactions and other observable market data are considered for purposes of validating assumptions underlying the model.

Consistent with market practice, the Company has individually negotiated agreements with certain counterparties to exchange collateral (“margining”) based on the level of fair values of the derivative contracts they have executed. Through this margining process, one party or each party to a derivative contract provides the other party with information about the fair value of the derivative contract to calculate the amount of collateral required. This sharing of fair value information provides additional support of the Company’s recorded fair value for the relevant OTC derivative products. For certain OTC derivative products, the Company, along with other market participants, contributes derivative pricing information to aggregation services that synthesize the data and make it accessible to subscribers. This information is then used to evaluate the fair value of these OTC derivative products. For more information regarding the Company’s risk management practices, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

In connection with the acquisition of a controlling interest in Smith Barney and the formation of MSSB in the second quarter of 2009, the Company identified goodwill and intangible assets as a critical accounting policy.


		111

Goodwill. The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally one level below its business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all of the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the book value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed impaired. If the estimated fair value is below book value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are derived based on valuation techniques the Company believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair values are generally determined utilizing methodologies that incorporate price-to-book, price-to-earnings and assets under management multiples of certain comparable companies.

Intangible Assets. Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. For amortizable intangible assets, an impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets which are not amortized are reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. For indefinite-lived intangible assets, an impairment exists when the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

See Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for intangible asset impairments recorded during the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis shall be amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset.

See Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further information on goodwill and intangible assets. In addition, see Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for information on the goodwill and intangible assets acquired on May 31, 2009 in connection with the consummation of the MSSB transaction on May 31, 2009 and the goodwill and intangible assets acquired on July 31, 2009 in connection with the managed futures business.

Legal, Regulatory and Tax Contingencies.

In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for


		112

substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

Reserves for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis and represent an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, prior experience and the experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and views of internal and external legal counsel. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be.

The Company is subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when in the future certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and tax reserves are established as appropriate.

The Company establishes reserves for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be estimated in accordance with the requirements for accounting for contingencies. The Company establishes reserves for potential losses that may arise out of tax audits in accordance with accounting for income taxes. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates, and the actual cost of a legal claim, tax assessment or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded reserves, if any.

See Notes 9 and 17 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information on legal proceedings and tax examinations.

Special Purpose Entities and Variable Interest Entities.

The Company’s involvement with special purpose entities (“SPEs”) consists primarily of the following:

•

Transferring financial assets into SPEs;

•

Acting as an underwriter of beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles;

•

Holding one or more classes of securities issued by, or making loans to or investments in, SPEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets;

•

Purchasing and selling (in both a market-making and a proprietary-trading capacity) securities issued by SPEs/variable interest entities (“VIEs”), whether such vehicles are sponsored by the Company or not;

•

Entering into derivative transactions with SPEs (whether or not sponsored by the Company);

•

Providing warehouse financing to collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations;


		113

•

Entering into derivative agreements with non-SPEs whose value is derived from securities issued by SPEs;

•

Servicing assets held by SPEs or holding servicing rights related to assets held by SPEs that are serviced by others under subservicing arrangements;

•

Serving as an asset manager to various investment funds that may invest in securities that are backed, in whole or in part, by SPEs; and

•

Structuring and/or investing in other structured transactions designed to provide enhanced, tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial instruments. The Company’s involvement with SPEs is discussed further in Note 5 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

In most cases, these SPEs are deemed for accounting purposes to be VIEs. Unless a VIE is determined to be a qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPE”) (see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements), the Company is required to perform an analysis of each VIE at the date upon which the Company becomes involved with it to determine whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE, in which case the Company must consolidate the VIE. QSPEs are not consolidated.

In addition, the Company serves as an investment advisor to unconsolidated money market and other funds.

•

Acquisition by the Company of additional variable interests in the VIE.

If the Company’s initial assessment results in a determination that it is the primary beneficiary, then the Company reassesses this determination upon the occurrence of:

•

A sale or disposition by the Company of all or part of its variable interests in the VIE to parties unrelated to the Company.

•

The issuance of new variable interests by the VIE to parties unrelated to the Company.

The determination of whether an SPE meets the accounting requirements of a QSPE requires significant judgment, particularly in evaluating whether the permitted activities of the SPE are significantly limited and in determining whether derivatives held by the SPE are passive and nonexcessive. In addition, the analysis involved in determining whether an entity is a VIE, and in determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE, requires significant judgment (see Notes 1 and 5 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company may be required to consolidate QSPEs, to which the Company has previously sold assets, and the Company may also be required to consolidate other VIEs that are not currently consolidated or may de-consolidate entities that are currently consolidated. See Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for information on Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 166, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets” and SFAS No. 167, “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46 (R).”


		114

Liquidity and Capital Resources.

The Company’s senior management establishes the liquidity and capital policies of the Company. Through various risk and control committees, the Company’s senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity and interest rate and currency sensitivity of the Company’s asset and liability position. The Company’s Treasury Department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) and other control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Company’s business activities have on its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, liquidity and capital structure.

The Balance Sheet.

The Company actively monitors and evaluates the composition and size of its balance sheet. A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in managing the size of its balance sheet.

The Company’s total assets increased to $769,503 million as of September 30, 2009, from $676,764 million as of December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to increases in financial instruments owned—U.S. government and agency securities and other sovereign government obligations, securities borrowed, Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, partially offset by decreases in interest bearing deposits with banks and financial instruments owned—derivative and other contracts.

Within the sales and trading related assets and liabilities are transactions attributable to securities financing activities. As of September 30, 2009, securities financing assets and liabilities were $340 billion and $301 billion, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, securities financing assets and liabilities were $269 billion and $236 billion, respectively. Securities financing transactions include repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, securities received as collateral and obligation to return securities received, customer receivables/payables and related segregated customer cash.

Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. The customer receivable portion of the securities financing transactions includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer owned securities, and customer cash, which is segregated, according to regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer payables to the Company’s prime brokerage clients. The Company’s risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit the Company’s credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets was $16 billion and $5 billion as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets which represented equal and offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.

The Company uses the tangible common equity (“TCE”) to risk weighted assets ratio, the Tier 1 leverage ratio, risk based capital ratios (see “Regulatory Requirements” herein), Tier 1 common ratio and the balance sheet leverage ratio as indicators of capital adequacy when viewed in the context of the Company’s overall liquidity and capital policies.


		115

The following table sets forth the Company’s total assets and leverage ratios as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and average balances during the nine month period ended September 30, 2009:


	Balance at						Average Balance(1)
	September 30, 2009			December 31, 2008			For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
	(dollars in millions, except ratio data)
Total assets	$	769,503		$	676,764		$	715,226

Common equity	$	36,752		$	29,585		$	33,108
Preferred equity		9,597			19,168			15,310

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity		46,349			48,753			48,418
Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts		10,701			10,312			10,565

Subtotal		57,050			59,065			58,983
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)		(7,902	)		(2,978	)		(5,403	)

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity	$	49,148		$	56,087		$	53,580

Common equity	$	36,752		$	29,585		$	33,108
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)		(7,902	)		(2,978	)		(5,403	)

Tangible common equity(3)	$	28,850		$	26,607		$	27,705

Leverage ratio(4)		15.7x			12.1x			13.3x

Tangible common equity/risk weighted assets(5)		9.6	%		N/A			N/A

Tier 1 common ratio(6)		8.2	%		N/A			N/A

N/A The Company began calculating its risk weighted assets under Basel I as of March 31, 2009.

(1)	The Company calculates its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances are unavailable, month-end balances are used.

(2)	Goodwill and net intangible assets exclude mortgage servicing rights of $144 million and $184 million, as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Beginning May 31, 2009, amounts include the Company’s preliminary estimate of only its share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangible assets.

(3)	Tangible common equity equals common equity less goodwill and net intangible assets. The Company views tangible common equity as a useful measure to investors because it is a commonly utilized metric and reflects the common equity deployed in the Company’s businesses.

(4)	Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity.

(5)	For discussion of risk weighted assets, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein.

(6)

The Tier 1 common ratio equals Tier 1 common equity divided by risk-weighted assets. Tier 1 common equity equals Tier 1 capital less qualifying preferred stock, qualifying mandatorily convertible trust preferred securities and qualifying restricted core capital elements, adjusted for the portion of goodwill and non-servicing intangible assets associated with non-controlling interests. The Company views the Tier 1 common ratio as a useful measure for investors because it is a commonly utilized metric. For a discussion of risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein.

Activity in the Nine Month Period Ended September 30, 2009.

The Company’s total capital consists of shareholders’ equity, long-term borrowings (debt obligations scheduled to mature in more than 12 months) and junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts. As of September 30, 2009, total capital was $217,009 million, an increase of $9,001 million from December 31, 2008.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $36 billion, including non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating approximately $4.4 billion. These notes include the public issuance of $8.5 billion of senior unsecured notes that were not guaranteed by the FDIC. In connection with the note issuances, the Company generally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates based primarily on short-term London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”) trading levels. The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.7 years as of September 30, 2009.


		116

As of September 30, 2009, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Company’s senior indebtedness (as defined in the Company’s senior debt indentures) was approximately $180 billion (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries).

Equity Capital-Related Transactions.

In August of 2009, under the terms of the CPP securities purchase agreement, the Company repurchased the warrant from the U.S. Treasury in the amount of $950 million. The warrant was previously issued to the U.S. Treasury for the purchase of 65,245,759 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $22.99 per share. The repayment of the Series D Preferred Stock in the amount of $10.0 billion, completed in June 2009, and the warrant repurchase in the amount of $950 million reduced the Company’s total equity by $10,950 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company issued common stock for approximately $6.9 billion in two registered public offerings in May and June 2009. MUFG elected to participate in both offerings and in one of the offerings funded its purchase of $0.7 billion of common stock with the proceeds of the Company’s partial repurchase of its Series C Preferred Stock.

See Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further discussion of these transactions.

Equity Capital Management Policies.

The Company’s senior management views equity capital as an important source of financial strength. The Company actively manages its consolidated equity capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract its equity capital base to address the changing needs of its businesses. The Company attempts to maintain total equity, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of its operating subsidiaries’ equity.

As of September 30, 2009, the Company’s equity capital (which includes shareholders’ equity and junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts) was $57,050 million, a decrease of $2,015 million from December 31, 2008, primarily due to the repayment of the Series D Preferred Stock and the warrant repurchase, partially offset by the Company’s common stock offerings.

As of September 30, 2009, the Company had approximately $1.6 billion remaining under its share repurchase program out of the $6 billion authorized by the Board of Directors in December 2006. The share repurchase program is for capital management purposes and considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. During the quarter and the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company did not repurchase common stock as part of its capital management share repurchase program (see also “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in Part II, Item 2).

The Board of Directors determines the declaration and payment of the common dividend on a quarterly basis. On October 21, 2009, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05 per share.

In September 2009, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $255.56 per share of Series A Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25556); a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of perpetual Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B and a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of perpetual Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series C.


		117

Economic Capital.

The Company’s economic capital framework estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses over a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor requirements. The framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques.

Economic capital is assigned to each business segment and sub-allocated to product lines. Each business segment is capitalized as if it were an independent operating entity. This process is intended to align equity capital with the risks in each business in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis (such as return on equity and shareholder value added).

Economic capital is based on regulatory capital plus additional capital for stress losses. The Company assesses stress loss capital across various dimensions of market, credit, business and operational risks. Economic capital requirements are met by regulatory Tier 1 capital. For a further discussion of the Company’s Tier 1 capital see “Regulatory Requirements” herein. The difference between the Company’s Tier 1 capital and aggregate economic capital requirements denotes the Company’s unallocated capital position.

The Company uses economic capital to allocate Tier 1 capital and common equity to its business segments. The following table presents the Company’s allocated average Tier 1 capital and average common equity for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and the quarter ended December 31, 2008:


	Three Months Ended September 30, 2009				Three Months Ended December 31, 2008
	Average Tier 1 capital		Average common equity		Average Tier 1 capital		Average common equity
	(dollars in billions)
Institutional Securities	$	23.2	$	16.7	$	23.8	$	22.1
Global Wealth Management Group		3.4		7.4		1.9		1.4
Asset Management		2.7		2.9		3.8		3.8
Unallocated capital		15.9		9.7		18.4		6.7

Total from continuing operations	$	45.2	$	36.7	$	47.9	$	34.0
Discontinued operations		—		—		—		0.2

Total	$	45.2	$	36.7	$	47.9	$	34.2

Tier 1 Capital and common equity allocated to the Institutional Securities business segment decreased from the quarter ended December 31, 2008 driven by reductions in operational and credit risk exposures. Common equity decreases were also driven by the reduction of debt valuation adjustment. Tier 1 Capital and common equity allocated to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment increased from the quarter ended December 31, 2008 driven by increases in risk associated with the consolidation of MSSB. Common equity increases were also driven by the MSSB-related goodwill and intangibles. Tier 1 Capital and common equity allocated to the Asset Management business segment decreased from the quarter ended December 31, 2008 driven by reductions in the value of the segment’s investments.

The Company generally uses available unallocated capital for organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs, including repurchases of common stock when appropriate, while maintaining adequate capital ratios. For a discussion of risk-based capital ratios, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein.


		118

Liquidity and Funding Management Policies.

The primary goal of the Company’s liquidity management and funding activities is to ensure adequate funding over a wide range of market environments. Given the mix of the Company’s business activities, funding requirements are fulfilled through a diversified range of secured and unsecured financing.

The Company’s liquidity and funding risk management policies are designed to mitigate the potential risk that the Company may be unable to access adequate financing to service its financial obligations without material franchise or business impact. The key objectives of the liquidity and funding risk management framework are to support the successful execution of the Company’s business strategies while ensuring sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and during periods of stressed market conditions.

Liquidity Management Policies.

The principal elements of the Company’s liquidity management framework are the Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”) and Liquidity Reserves. Comprehensive financing guidelines (secured funding, long-term funding strategy, surplus capacity, diversification and staggered maturities) support the Company’s target liquidity profile.

Contingency Funding Plan. The Contingency Funding Plan is the Company’s primary liquidity risk management tool. The CFP models a potential, prolonged liquidity contraction over a one-year time period and sets forth a course of action to effectively manage a liquidity event. The CFP and liquidity risk exposures are evaluated on an on-going basis and reported to the Firm Risk Committee, ALCO and other appropriate risk committees.

The Company’s CFP model incorporates scenarios with a wide range of potential cash outflows during a liquidity stress event, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year and no incremental unsecured debt issuance; (ii) maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance and replacement with cash collateral; (iii) return of unsecured securities borrowed and any cash raised against these securities; (iv) additional collateral that would be required by counterparties in the event of a three-notch long-term credit ratings downgrade; (v) higher haircuts on or lower availability of secured funding; (vi) client cash withdrawals; (vii) drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties; and (viii) discretionary unsecured debt buybacks.

The CFP is produced on a parent and major subsidiary level to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability at various legal entities. The CFP assumes that the parent company does not have access to cash that may be held at certain subsidiaries due to regulatory, legal or tax constraints.

Liquidity Reserves. The Company seeks to maintain target liquidity reserves that are sized to cover daily funding needs and meet strategic liquidity targets as outlined in the CFP. These liquidity reserves are held in the form of cash deposits and pools of central bank eligible unencumbered securities. The parent company liquidity reserve is managed globally and consists of overnight cash deposits and unencumbered U.S. and European government bonds, agencies and agency pass throughs. The Company believes that diversifying the form in which its liquidity reserves (cash and securities) are maintained enhances its ability to quickly and efficiently source funding in a stressed environment. The Company’s funding requirements and target liquidity reserves may vary based on changes to the level and composition of its balance sheet, timing of specific transactions, client financing activity, market conditions and seasonal factors.

On September 30, 2009, the parent liquidity reserve was $61 billion, and the total Company liquidity reserve was $153 billion. For the quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the average parent liquidity reserve was $58 billion and $60 billion, respectively, and the average total Company liquidity reserve was $155 billion and $152 billion, respectively.


		119

Capital Covenants.

In October 2006 and April 2007, the Company executed replacement capital covenants in connection with offerings by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (the “Capital Securities”). Under the terms of the replacement capital covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenants, see the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006 and April 26, 2007.

Funding Management Policies.

The Company’s funding management policies are designed to provide for financings that are executed in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Company’s operations. The Company pursues a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenor of the Company’s liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Maturities of financings are designed to manage exposure to refinancing risk in any one period.

The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Company’s equity capital, long-term debt, repurchase agreements, securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of credit and lines of credit. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products in the U.S., European and Asian markets, targeting global investors and currencies such as the U.S. dollar, Euro, British pound, Australian dollar and Japanese yen.

Secured Financing. A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from its Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in financing these assets with collateralized borrowings.

The Company’s goal is to achieve an optimal mix of secured and unsecured funding through appropriate use of collateralized borrowings. The Institutional Securities business segment emphasizes the use of collateralized short-term borrowings to limit the growth of short-term unsecured funding, which is generally more subject to disruption during periods of financial stress. As part of this effort, the Institutional Securities business segment continually seeks to expand its global secured borrowing capacity.

In addition, the Company, through several of its subsidiaries, maintains committed credit facilities to support various businesses, including the collateralized commercial and residential mortgage whole loan, derivative contracts, warehouse lending, emerging market loan, structured product, corporate loan, investment banking and prime brokerage businesses.

The Company also has the ability to access liquidity from the Federal Reserve against collateral through a number of lending facilities. The Primary Dealer Credit Facility (“PDCF”) and the Primary Credit Facility are available to provide daily access to funding for primary dealers and depository institutions, respectively. The Term Securities Lending Facility (“TSLF”) and the Term Auction Facility are available to primary dealers and depository institutions, respectively, and allow for the borrowing of longer-term funding on a regular basis that is available at auction on pre-announced dates. The PDCF and TSLF are scheduled to expire on February 1, 2010.

Unsecured Financing. The Company views long-term debt and deposits as stable sources of funding for core inventories and illiquid assets. Securities inventories not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of current assets are financed with a combination of short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate and deposits. The Company uses derivative products (primarily interest rate, currency and equity swaps) to assist in asset and liability management and to hedge interest rate risk (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 included in Exhibit 99.1 in the Form 8-K).


		120

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”). In October 2008, the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury invoked the systemic risk exception of the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 and the FDIC announced the TLGP.

Based on the Final Rule adopted on November 21, 2008, the TLGP provides a guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, of certain senior unsecured debt issued by participating Eligible Entities (including the Company) between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009. Effective March 23, 2009, the FDIC adopted an Interim Rule that extends the expiration of the FDIC guarantee on debt issued by certain issuers (including the Company) on or after April 1, 2009 to December 31, 2012. The maximum amount of FDIC-guaranteed debt a participating Eligible Entity (including the Company) may have outstanding is 125% of the entity’s senior unsecured debt that was outstanding as of September 30, 2008 that was scheduled to mature on or before June 30, 2009. The ability of certain eligible entities (including the Company) to issue guaranteed debt under this program, under the Interim Rule described above, expired on October 31, 2009. As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Company had $23.8 billion and $16.2 billion, respectively, of senior unsecured debt outstanding under the TLGP. There were no issuances under the TLGP program during the quarter ended September 30, 2009.

Short-Term Borrowings. The Company’s unsecured short-term borrowings may consist of commercial paper, bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with maturities of twelve months or less at issuance.

The table below summarizes the Company’s short-term unsecured borrowings:


	At September 30, 2009		At December 31, 2008
	(dollars in millions)
Commercial paper	$	776	$	7,388
Other short-term borrowings		2,137		2,714

Total	$	2,913	$	10,102

Commercial Paper Funding Facility. During the quarter ending September 30, 2009, the Company had the ability to access the Commercial Paper Funding Facility (“CPFF”) facility which provided a liquidity backstop to U.S. issuers of commercial paper through a special purpose vehicle that purchases three-month unsecured and asset-backed commercial paper directly from eligible issuers. The CPFF program is scheduled to expire on February 1, 2010. As of September 30, 2009, the Company had no commercial paper outstanding under the CPFF program.

Deposits. The Company’s bank subsidiaries’ funding sources include bank deposit sweeps, federal funds purchased, certificates of deposit, money market deposit accounts, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

Deposits were as follows:


	At September 30, 2009		At December 31, 2008
	(dollars in millions)
Savings and demand deposits	$	54,533	$	41,226
Time deposits(1)		7,882		10,129

Total	$	62,415	$	51,355

(1)	Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).

Deposits increased during the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, consistent with the Company’s ongoing strategy to enhance its stable funding profile.


		121

On October 3, 2008, under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the FDIC temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. This increased coverage lasts through December 31, 2013 and is in effect for Morgan Stanley’s two U.S. depository institutions.

Additionally, under the Final Rule extending the Transaction Account Guarantee Program, the FDIC provides unlimited deposit insurance through June 30, 2010, for certain transaction accounts at FDIC-insured participating institutions. The Company has elected for its FDIC-insured subsidiaries to participate in the extension of the Transaction Account Guarantee Program.

Long-Term Borrowings. The Company uses a variety of long-term debt funding sources to generate liquidity, taking into consideration the results of the CFP requirements. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings). Financing transactions are generally structured to ensure staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Company’s credit ratings and the overall availability of credit.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the Company’s long-term financing strategy was driven, in part, by its continued focus on improving its balance sheet strength (evaluated through enhanced capital and liquidity positions). As a result, for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, a principal amount of approximately $36 billion of unsecured debt was issued, including $8.5 billion of publicly issued senior unsecured notes not guaranteed by the FDIC.

The Company may from time to time engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt repurchases) which it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors. Maturities and debt repurchases during the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 were approximately $29 billion in aggregate.

Long-term borrowings as of September 30, 2009 consisted of the following (dollars in millions):


	U.S. Dollar		Non-U.S. Dollar		At September 30, 2009
Due in 2009	$	2,603	$	777	$	3,380
Due in 2010		20,236		6,190		26,426
Due in 2011		17,128		9,512		26,640
Due in 2012		21,777		16,610		38,387
Thereafter		51,993		49,611		101,604

Total	$	113,737	$	82,700	$	196,437

Credit Ratings.

The Company relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are dependent on the Company’s short-term and long-term credit ratings. In addition, the Company’s debt ratings can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is critical, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Factors that are important to the determination of the Company’s credit ratings include the level and quality of earnings, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk appetite and management, asset quality, business mix, and perceived levels of government support.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral to certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. As of September 30, 2009, the amount of additional


		122

collateral that could be called by counterparties under the terms of collateral agreements in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Company’s long-term credit rating was approximately $1,494.4 million. An additional amount of approximately $1,128.3 million as of September 30, 2009 could be called in the event of a two-notch downgrade. Of this amount, $1,269.1 million as of September 30, 2009, relate to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver incremental collateral to the other. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.

As of October 31, 2009, the Company’s and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.’s senior unsecured ratings were as set forth below. The Company does not intend to disclose any future revisions to, or withdrawals of, the ratings, except in its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Annual Reports on Form 10-K.

Company

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

Short-Term
Debt

Long-Term
Debt

Rating
Outlook

Short-Term
Debt

Long-Term
Debt

Rating
Outlook

Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited

R-1 (middle)

A (high)

Negative

—

Fitch Ratings

Stable

A+

Stable

Moody’s Investors Service

P-1

Negative

P-1

Negative

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

a-1

A+

Negative

—

Standard & Poor’s

A-1

Negative

A-1

A+

Negative

Commitments.


	Years to Maturity								Total at September 30, 2009
	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total at September 30, 2009
	(dollars in millions)
Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements	$	734	$	31	$	—	$	7	$	772
Investment activities		884		756		287		88		2,015
Primary lending commitments—Investment grade(1)(2)		8,477		21,782		6,649		52		36,960
Primary lending commitments—Non-investment grade(1)		755		3,701		2,853		666		7,975
Secondary lending commitments(1)		24		53		92		45		214
Commitments for secured lending transactions		780		813		1,970		—		3,563
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)		68,008		—		—		—		68,008
Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1)		1,555		—		—		—		1,555
Underwriting commitments		2,819		—		—		—		2,819
Other commitments(4)		610		1		152		—		763

Total	$	84,646	$	27,137	$	12,003	$	858	$	124,644

(1)	These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).

(2)	This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $276 million as of September 30, 2009, of which $268 million have maturities of less than one year and $8 million of which have maturities of one to three years.


		123

(3)

(4)	Amount includes a $200 million lending facility to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company.


	Years to Maturity								Total at December 31, 2008
	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total at December 31, 2008
	(dollars in millions)
Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements	$	1,983	$	27	$	—	$	7	$	2,017
Investment activities		1,662		411		164		1,059		3,296
Primary lending commitments—Investment grade(1)(2)		9,906		9,973		16,672		350		36,901
Primary lending commitments—Non-investment grade(1)		617		2,258		2,864		1,266		7,005
Secondary lending commitments(1)		57		101		202		58		418
Commitments for secured lending transactions		1,202		1,000		1,658		15		3,875
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)		33,252		—		—		—		33,252
Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1)		2,735		—		—		—		2,735
Underwriting commitments		244		—		—		—		244
Other commitments(4)		1,902		2		—		—		1,904

Total	$	53,560	$	13,772	$	21,560	$	2,755	$	91,647

(1)	These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).

(2)	This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $589 million as of December 31, 2008, of which $581 million have maturities of less than one year and $8 million of which have maturities of three to five years.

(3)

(4)	This amount includes binding commitments to enter into margin-lending transactions of $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2008 in connection with the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment.

Regulatory Requirements.

In September 2008, the Company became a financial holding company under the BHC Act subject to the regulation and oversight of the Fed. The Fed establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements (see “Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company” in Part I of the Form 10-K). The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision establish similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s national banks and federal savings bank, respectively. Prior to September 2008, the Company was a consolidated supervised entity as defined by the SEC and subject to SEC regulation.


		124

The following table reconciles the Company’s total shareholders’ equity to Tier 1 and Total Capital as defined by the regulations issued by the Fed and presents the Company’s consolidated capital ratios as of September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2009 (dollars in millions):


	September 30, 2009			June 30, 2009
	(dollars in millions)
Allowable Capital
Tier 1 capital:
Common shareholders’ equity	$	36,752		$	36,989
Qualifying preferred stock		9,597			9,597
Qualifying mandatorily convertible trust preferred securities		5,841			5,795
Qualifying restricted core capital elements		10,647			9,660
Less: Goodwill		(6,977	)		(6,836	)
Less: Non-servicing intangible assets		(5,549	)		(5,397	)
Less: Net deferred tax assets		(2,772	)		(4,004	)
Less: Debt valuation adjustment		(915	)		(1,453	)
Other deductions		(662	)		(534	)

Total Tier 1 capital		45,962			43,817

Tier 2 capital:
Other components of allowable capital:
Qualifying subordinated debt		3,159			3,366
Other qualifying amounts		166			165

Total Tier 2 capital		3,325			3,531

Total allowable capital	$	49,287		$	47,348

Total Risk-Weighted Assets	$	299,416		$	276,750


Capital Ratios
Total capital ratio		16.5	%		17.1	%

Tier 1 capital ratio		15.4	%		15.8	%

Total allowable capital is comprised of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital consists predominately of common shareholders’ equity as well as qualifying preferred stock, trust preferred securities mandatorily convertible to common equity and qualifying restricted core capital elements (including other junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and non-controlling interests) less goodwill, non-servicing intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights), net deferred tax assets (recoverable in excess of one year) and debt valuation adjustment (“DVA”). DVA represents the cumulative change in fair value of certain of the Company’s borrowings (for which the fair value option was elected) that was attributable to changes in the Company’s own instrument-specific credit spreads and is included in retained earnings. For a further discussion of fair value see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. Tier 2 capital consists principally of qualifying subordinated debt.


		125

As of September 30, 2009, the Company calculated its RWAs in accordance with the regulatory capital requirements of the Fed which is consistent with guidelines described under Basel I. RWAs reflect both on and off balance sheet risk of the Company. The risk capital calculations will evolve over time as the Company enhances its risk management methodology and incorporates improvements in modeling techniques while maintaining compliance with the regulatory requirements and interpretations.

Market RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a further discussion of the Company’s market risks and Value-at-Risk model, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K. Market RWAs incorporate three components: Systematic risk, Specific risk, and Incremental Default risk (“IDR”). Systematic and Specific risk charges are computed using either a Standardized Approach (applying a fixed percentage to the fair value of the assets) or the Company’s Value-at-Risk model. Capital charges related to IDR are calculated using an IDR model that estimates the loss due to sudden default events affecting traded financial instruments at a 99.9% confidence level. The Company received permission from the Fed for the use of its market risk models through calendar year 2009 while undergoing the Fed’s review.

Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K and in Item 3 herein. Credit RWAs are determined using Basel I regulatory capital guidelines for U.S. banking organizations issued by the Fed.


		126

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Market Risk.

The Company uses Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) as one of a range of risk management tools. VaR values should be interpreted in light of the method’s strengths and limitations, which include, but are not limited to: historical changes in market risk factors may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions; VaR estimates represent a one-day measurement and do not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day; and VaR estimates may not fully incorporate the risk of more extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR, and the modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies upon approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different VaR results from those produced using more precise measures. For a further discussion of the Company’s VaR methodology and its limitations, and the Company’s risk management policies and control structure, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.

The tables below present the following: the Company’s Aggregate, Trading and Non-trading VaR (see Table 1 below); the Company’s quarterly average, high, and low Trading VaR (see Table 2 below); and the VaR statistics that would result if the Company were to adopt alternative parameters for its calculations, such as the reported confidence level (95% vs. 99%) for the VaR statistic or a shorter historical time series (four years vs. one year) of market data upon which it bases its simulations (see Table 3 below). Aggregate VaR also incorporates certain non-trading risks, including (a) the interest rate risk generated by funding liabilities related to institutional trading positions, (b) public company equity positions recorded as investments by the Company and (c) corporate loan exposures that are awaiting distribution to the market. Investments made by the Company that are not publicly traded are not reflected in the VaR results presented below. Aggregate VaR also excludes the credit spread risk generated by the Company’s funding liabilities and the interest rate risk associated with approximately $7.7 billion of certain funding liabilities primarily related to fixed and other non-trading assets as of both September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2009. The credit spread risk sensitivity of the Company’s mark-to-market funding liabilities corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $11 million and $12 million for each +1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level as of September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2009, respectively.

The table below presents 95%/one-day VaR for each of the Company’s primary risk exposures and on an aggregate basis as of September 30, 2009, June 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008.


Table 1: 95% Total VaR	Aggregate (Trading and Non-trading)						Trading						Non-trading
Table 1: 95% Total VaR	95%/One-Day VaR at						95%/One-Day VaR at						95%/One-Day VaR at
Primary Market Risk Category	September 30, 2009		June 30, 2009		December 31, 2008		September 30, 2009		June 30, 2009		December 31, 2008		September 30, 2009		June 30, 2009		December 31, 2008
	(dollars in millions)
Interest rate and credit spread	$	155	$	160	$	135	$	103	$	100	$	109	$	101	$	119	$	68
Equity price		26		21		15		25		20		15		9		8		3
Foreign exchange rate		27		19		11		27		19		11		2		1		1
Commodity price		25		19		36		25		19		36		—		—		—

Subtotal		233		219		197		180		158		171		112		128		72
Less diversification benefit(1)		58		46		53		57		44		54		10		9		4

Total VaR	$	175	$	173	$	144	$	123	$	114	$	117	$	102	$	119	$	68

(1)

Diversification benefit equals the difference between Total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the four primary market risk categories occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each category.


		127

The Company’s Aggregate VaR as of September 30, 2009 was $175 million compared with $173 million as of June 30, 2009. The Company’s Trading VaR as of September 30, 2009 was $123 million compared with $114 million as of June 30, 2009. The increase in Trading VaR was driven by increases across all market risk categories, and was partially offset by an increase in the diversification benefit across the categories.

Non-trading VaR as of September 30, 2009 decreased to $102 million from $119 million as of June 30, 2009, driven primarily by a decrease in interest rate and credit spread VaR.

The Company views average Trading VaR over a period of time as more representative of trends in the business than VaR at any single point in time. Table 2 below, which presents the high, low and average 95%/one-day Trading VaR during the quarters ended September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2009, represents substantially all of the Company’s trading activities. Certain market risks included in the period-end Aggregate VaR discussed above are excluded from these measures (e.g., equity price risk in public company equity positions recorded as principal investments by the Company and certain funding liabilities related to trading positions).

Average Trading VaR for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 increased to $118 million from $113 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2009. The increase in Trading VaR was primarily driven by an increase in foreign exchange rate VaR. The increase in foreign exchange rate VaR from the quarter ended June 30, 2009 was predominately driven by increased exposure to foreign currencies. Average Non-trading VaR for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 increased to $111 million from $108 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 driven primarily by increased interest rate and credit spread risk.


Table 2: 95% High/Low/ Average Trading and Non-Trading VaR	Daily 95%/One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2009						Daily 95%/One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2009
Primary Market Risk Category	High		Low		Average		High		Low		Average
	(dollars in millions)
Interest rate and credit spread	$	116	$	89	$	103	$	111	$	97	$	103
Equity price		25		14		19		36		15		19
Foreign exchange rate		35		11		22		25		10		17
Commodity price		31		18		25		26		19		23
Trading VaR		139		97		118		131		101		113
Non-trading VaR		121		102		111		127		90		108
Total VaR		182		152		168		177		133		154


		128

VaR Statistics under Varying Assumptions.

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the breadth of products included in each firm’s VaR model, in the statistical assumptions made when simulating changes in market factors, and in the methods used to approximate portfolio revaluations under the simulated market conditions. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates for similar portfolios. As a result, VaR statistics are more reliable and relevant when used as indicators of trends in risk taking within a firm rather than as a basis for inferring differences in risk taking across firms. Table 3 below presents the VaR statistics that would result if the Company were to adopt alternative parameters for its calculations, such as the reported confidence level (95% versus 99%) for the VaR statistic or a shorter historical time series (four years versus one year) for market data upon which it bases its simulations:


Table 3: Average 95% and 99% Trading VaR with Four-Year/One-Year Historical Time Series	Average 95%/One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2009				Average 99%/One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2009
Primary Market Risk Category	Four-Year Factor History		One-Year Factor History		Four-Year Factor History		One-Year Factor History
	(dollars in millions)
Interest rate and credit spread	$	103	$	141	$	205	$	269
Equity price		19		25		28		36
Foreign exchange rate		22		41		48		77
Commodity price		25		30		45		57
Trading VaR		118		171		225		302

In addition, if the Company were to report Trading VaR (using a four-year historical time series) with respect to a 10-day holding period, the Company’s 95% and 99% Average Trading VaR for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 would have been $372 million and $712 million, respectively.


		129

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for the quarter ended September 30, 2009.

As shown in Table 2 above, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 was $118 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the quarter ended September 30, 2009. The most frequently occurring value was between $115 million and $118 million, while for approximately 82% of trading days during the quarter, VaR ranged between $109 million and $130 million.

LOGO

One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Company’s VaR model as a measure of the Company’s potential volatility of net revenue is to compare the VaR with actual trading revenue. Assuming no intra-day trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the accuracy of the VaR model could be questioned. Accordingly, the Company evaluates the reasonableness of its VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results. For days where losses exceed the 95% or 99% VaR statistic, the Company examines the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.

Over the longer term, trading losses are expected to exceed VaR an average of three times per quarter at the 95% confidence level. The Company bases its VaR calculations on the long term (or unconditional) distribution, and therefore evaluates its risk from a longer term perspective, which avoids understating risk during periods of relatively lower volatility in the market. There were no days during the quarter ended September 30, 2009 in which the Company incurred daily trading losses in excess of the 95%/one-day Trading VaR.


		130

The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenue during the quarter ended September 30, 2009 for the Company’s trading businesses (including net interest and non-agency commissions but excluding certain non-trading revenues such as primary, fee-based and prime brokerage revenue credited to the trading businesses). During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company experienced net trading losses on 5 days.

LOGO

Credit Risk.

For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.

Credit Exposure—Corporate Lending. In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business activities, the Company provides loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) to selected clients. Such loans and lending commitments can generally be classified as either “event-driven” or “relationship-driven.”

“Event-driven” loans and lending commitments refer to activities associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization transactions. The commitments associated with these “event-driven” activities may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements since funding is contingent upon a proposed transaction being completed. In addition, the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment or the Company’s portion of the commitment may be reduced through the syndication process. The borrower’s ability to draw on the commitment is also subject to certain terms and conditions, among other factors. The borrowers of “event-driven” lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company risk manages its exposures in connection with “event-driven” transactions through various means, including syndication, distribution and/or hedging.


		131

“Relationship-driven” loans and lending commitments are generally made to expand business relationships with select clients. The commitments associated with “relationship-driven” activities may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements, as the commitment may expire unused or the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment. The borrowers of “relationship-driven” lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company may hedge its exposures in connection with “relationship-driven” transactions.

The following tables present information about the Company’s corporate funded loans and lending commitments as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008. The “total corporate lending exposure” column includes both lending commitments and funded loans. Fair value of corporate lending exposure represents the fair value of loans that have been drawn by the borrower and lending commitments that were outstanding as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 for both “relationship-driven” and “event-driven” lending transactions. As discussed above, these loans and lending commitments have varying terms, may be senior or subordinated, may be secured or unsecured, are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower, and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.

As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the aggregate amount of investment grade loans was $6.7 billion and $7.4 billion, respectively, and the aggregate amount of non-investment grade loans was $10.5 billion and $9.4 billion, respectively. As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the aggregate amount of lending commitments outstanding was $44.9 billion and $43.9 billion, respectively. In connection with these corporate lending activities (which include corporate funded loans and lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which include “single name,” “sector” and “index” hedges) with a notional amount of $29.1 billion and $35.7 billion related to the total corporate lending exposure of $62.1 billion and $60.7 billion at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

The tables below show the Company’s credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and lending commitments as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at September 30, 2009


	Years to Maturity								Total Corporate Lending Exposure(2)		Corporate Lending Exposure(3)		Corporate Lending Commitments(4)
Credit Rating(1)	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total Corporate Lending Exposure(2)		Corporate Lending Exposure(3)		Corporate Lending Commitments(4)
	(dollars in millions)
AAA	$	232	$	231	$	—	$	—	$	463	$	—	$	463
AA		3,140		3,304		847		—		7,291		12		7,279
A		2,891		8,859		1,934		216		13,900		1,719		12,181
BBB		3,104		13,652		5,176		59		21,991		4,954		17,037

Investment grade		9,367		26,046		7,957		275		43,645		6,685		36,960

Non-investment grade		1,517		6,304		4,960		5,675		18,456		10,481		7,975

Total	$	10,884	$	32,350	$	12,917	$	5,950	$	62,101	$	17,166	$	44,935

(1)	Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.

(2)	Total corporate lending exposure represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the fair value of funded loans and lending commitments were zero.

(3)

The Company’s corporate lending exposure carried at fair value includes $17.3 billion of funded loans and $0.5 billion of lending commitments recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, respectively, in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition as of September 30, 2009. The Company’s corporate lending exposure carried at amortized cost includes $0.4 billion of funded loans recorded in Receivables—other loans in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

(4)	Amount represents the notional amount of unfunded lending commitments less the amount of commitments reflected in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.


		132

Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at December 31, 2008


	Years to Maturity								Total Corporate Lending Exposure(2)		Corporate Lending Exposure at Fair Value(3)		Corporate Lending Commitments(4)
Credit Rating(1)	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total Corporate Lending Exposure(2)		Corporate Lending Exposure at Fair Value(3)		Corporate Lending Commitments(4)
	(dollars in millions)
AAA	$	842	$	114	$	1,374	$	—	$	2,330	$	67	$	2,263
AA		2,685		718		3,321		73		6,797		33		6,764
A		4,899		5,321		5,892		69		16,181		2,291		13,890
BBB		2,745		7,722		8,299		255		19,021		5,037		13,984

Investment grade		11,171		13,875		18,886		397		44,329		7,428		36,901

Non-investment grade		1,144		3,433		5,301		6,516		16,394		9,389		7,005

Total	$	12,315	$	17,308	$	24,187	$	6,913	$	60,723	$	16,817	$	43,906

(1)	Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.

(2)	Total corporate lending exposure represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the fair value of funded loans and lending commitments were zero.

(3)

The Company’s corporate lending exposure at fair value includes $19.9 billion of funded loans and $3.1 billion of lending commitments recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, respectively, in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2008.

(4)	Amount represents the notional amount of unfunded lending commitments less the amount of commitments reflected in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

“Event-driven” Loans and Lending Commitments as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above as of September 30, 2009 is “event-driven” exposure of $5.4 billion comprised of funded loans of $3.3 billion and lending commitments of $2.1 billion. Included in the $5.4 billion of “event-driven” exposure as of September 30, 2009 were $5.1 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were closed.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above as of December 31, 2008 is “event-driven” exposure of $9.3 billion comprised of funded loans of $3.4 billion and lending commitments of $5.9 billion. Included in the $9.3 billion of “event-driven” exposure as of December 31, 2008 were $5.0 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were closed.

Activity associated with the corporate “event-driven” lending exposure during the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 was as follows (dollars in millions):


“Event-driven” lending exposures at December 31, 2008	$	9,327
Closed commitments		1,418
Withdrawn commitments		(267	)
Net reductions, primarily through distributions		(5,020	)
Mark-to-market adjustments		(67	)

“Event-driven” lending exposures at September 30, 2009	$	5,391


		133

Credit Exposure—Derivatives. The tables below present a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008. Fair value is presented in the final column net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at September 30, 2009(1)


	Years to Maturity								Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(3)			Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral		Net Exposure Post- Collateral
Credit Rating(2)	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(3)			Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral		Net Exposure Post- Collateral
	(dollars in millions)
AAA	$	1,148	$	3,231	$	4,861	$	10,801	$	(8,644	)	$	11,397	$	10,830
AA		7,940		8,737		6,857		16,982		(29,448	)		11,068		9,159
A		9,845		11,159		8,749		23,950		(42,177	)		11,526		10,167
BBB		3,212		4,114		2,799		7,951		(8,904	)		9,172		6,898
Non-investment grade		3,105		4,120		2,644		4,473		(4,889	)		9,453		7,440

Total	$	25,250	$	31,361	$	25,910	$	64,157	$	(94,062	)	$	52,616	$	44,494

(1)

Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.

(2)	Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.

(3)

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2008(1)


	Years to Maturity								Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(3)			Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral		Net Exposure Post- Collateral
Credit Rating(2)	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(3)			Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral		Net Exposure Post- Collateral
	(dollars in millions)
AAA	$	1,928	$	3,588	$	6,235	$	16,623	$	(11,060	)	$	17,314	$	15,849
AA		10,447		13,133		16,589		40,423		(63,498	)		17,094		15,018
A		7,150		7,514		7,805		21,752		(31,025	)		13,196		12,034
BBB		4,666		7,414		4,980		8,614		(6,571	)		19,103		14,101
Non-investment grade		8,219		8,163		5,416		7,341		(12,597	)		16,542		12,131

Total	$	32,410	$	39,812	$	41,025	$	94,753	$	(124,751	)	$	83,249	$	69,133

(1)

(2)	Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.

(3)


		134

The following tables summarize the fair values of the Company’s OTC derivative products recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased by product category and maturity as of September 30, 2009, including on a net basis, where applicable, reflecting the fair value of related non-cash collateral for financial instruments owned:

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at September 30, 2009


	Years to Maturity								Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(1)			Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral		Net Exposure Post- Collateral
Product Type	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(1)			Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral		Net Exposure Post- Collateral
	(dollars in millions)
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts	$	13,488	$	22,828	$	22,794	$	61,884	$	(83,149	)	$	37,845	$	33,572
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options		4,525		920		241		42		(2,778	)		2,950		2,614
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)		2,581		941		614		694		(2,937	)		1,893		934
Commodity forwards, options and swaps		4,656		6,672		2,261		1,537		(5,198	)		9,928		7,374

Total	$	25,250	$	31,361	$	25,910	$	64,157	$	(94,062	)	$	52,616	$	44,494

(1)

Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased at September 30, 2009(1)


	Years to Maturity								Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(2)			Total
Product Type	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(2)			Total
	(dollars in millions)
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts	$	7,533	$	12,389	$	14,599	$	34,060	$	(46,354	)	$	22,227
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options		3,934		684		273		77		(2,065	)		2,903
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)		2,705		3,716		1,621		1,235		(5,842	)		3,435
Commodity forwards, options and swaps		4,286		4,893		1,380		939		(5,499	)		5,999

Total	$	18,458	$	21,682	$	17,873	$	36,311	$	(59,760	)	$	34,564

(1)	Since these amounts are liabilities of the Company, they do not result in credit exposures.

(2)

Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.


		135

The following tables summarize the fair values of the Company’s OTC derivative products recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased by product category and maturity as of December 31, 2008, including on a net basis, where applicable, reflecting the fair value of related non-cash collateral for financial instruments owned:

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2008


	Years to Maturity								Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(1)			Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral		Net Exposure Post- Collateral
Product Type	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(1)			Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral		Net Exposure Post- Collateral
	(dollars in millions)
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts	$	8,914	$	22,965	$	36,497	$	91,468	$	(107,667	)	$	52,177	$	45,841
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options		8,465		2,363		320		68		(3,882	)		7,334		6,409
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)		4,333		2,059		606		1,088		(4,991	)		3,095		1,365
Commodity forwards, options and swaps		10,698		12,425		3,602		2,129		(8,211	)		20,643		15,518

Total	$	32,410	$	39,812	$	41,025	$	94,753	$	(124,751	)	$	83,249	$	69,133

(1)

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased at December 31, 2008(1)


	Years to Maturity								Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(2)			Total
Product Type	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(2)			Total
	(dollars in millions)
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts	$	8,547	$	17,356	$	24,777	$	55,237	$	(69,985	)	$	35,932
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options		7,355		1,660		377		159		(3,110	)		6,441
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)		2,661		3,446		1,685		1,858		(6,149	)		3,501
Commodity forwards, options and swaps		7,764		10,283		2,321		1,082		(8,302	)		13,148

Total	$	26,327	$	32,745	$	29,160	$	58,336	$	(87,546	)	$	59,022

(1)	Since these amounts are liabilities of the Company, they do not result in credit exposures.

(2)

Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.


		136

The Company’s derivatives (both listed and OTC), on a net of counterparty and cash collateral basis, as of September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008 are summarized in the table below, showing the fair value of the related assets and liabilities by product category:


	At September 30, 2009				At December 31, 2008				At November 30, 2008
Product Type	Assets		Liabilities		Assets		Liabilities		Assets		Liabilities
	(dollars in millions)
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts	$	37,915	$	22,410	$	52,391	$	36,146	$	55,247	$	32,421
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options		2,953		2,899		7,334		6,425		11,284		11,272
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)		4,423		6,187		8,738		8,920		14,523		14,560
Commodity forwards, options and swaps		9,974		8,030		20,955		17,063		18,712		15,268

Total	$	55,265	$	39,526	$	89,418	$	68,554	$	99,766	$	73,521

Each category of derivative products in the above tables includes a variety of instruments, which can differ substantially in their characteristics. Instruments in each category can be denominated in U.S. dollars or in one or more non-U.S. currencies.

The Company determines the fair values recorded in the above tables using various pricing models. For a discussion of fair value as it affects the condensed consolidated financial statements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” in Part I, Item 2 and Notes 1 and 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Credit Derivatives. A credit derivative is a contract between a seller (guarantor) and buyer (beneficiary) of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The beneficiary pays a periodic premium (typically quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the guarantor is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, and payment moratorium. Debt restructurings are also considered a credit event in some cases. In certain transactions referenced to a portfolio of referenced entities or asset-backed securities, deductibles and caps may limit the guarantor’s obligations.

The Company trades in a variety of derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. The Company is an active market maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market maker, the Company works to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manage any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. The Company also trades and takes credit risk in credit default swap form on a proprietary basis. Further, the Company uses credit derivatives to manage its exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures during the periods presented.

The Company actively monitors its counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker dealers, insurance and other financial institutions and monoline insurers. Contracts with these counterparties do not include ratings-based termination events but do include counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in additional collateral being required by the Company. For further information on the Company’s exposure to monoline insurers, see “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations—Monoline Insurers” herein. The master agreements with these monoline insurance counterparties are generally unsecured, and the few ratings-based triggers (if any) generally provide the Company the ability to terminate only upon significant downgrade. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considers counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its positions and recognizes credit valuation adjustments as appropriate.


		137

The following table summarizes the key characteristics of the Company’s credit derivative portfolio by counterparty as of September 30, 2009. The market values shown in the table below are before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting.


	At September 30, 2009
	Market Values(1)				Notionals(2)
	Receivable		Payable		Beneficiary		Guarantor
	(dollars in millions)
Banks and securities firms	$	149,757	$	141,626	$	2,459,902	$	2,407,813
Insurance and other financial institutions		22,381		15,068		298,423		274,111
Monoline insurers		4,958		—		22,941		—
Non-financial entities		516		218		4,603		3,734

Total	$	177,612	$	156,912	$	2,785,869	$	2,685,658

(1)

Amounts shown are presented before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting. The Company’s credit default swaps are classified in both Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 16% of receivable market values and 10% of payable market values represent Level 3 amounts.

(2)	As part of an industry-wide effort to reduce the total notional amount of outstanding offsetting credit derivative trades, the Company participated in novating credit default swap contracts with external counterparties to a central clearing house during 2009.

Country Exposure. As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, primarily based on the domicile of the counterparty, approximately 6% and 8%, respectively, of the Company’s credit exposure (for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivatives contracts) was to emerging markets, and no one emerging market country accounted for more than 1% and 2%, respectively, of the Company’s credit exposure.

The Company defines emerging markets to include generally all countries that are not members of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development and also includes the Czech Republic, Hungary, Korea, Mexico, Poland, the Slovak Republic and Turkey but excludes countries rated AA and Aa2 or above by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service, respectively.

The following tables show the Company’s percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by country as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008:


	Corporate Lending Exposure
Country	At September 30, 2009		At December 31, 2008
United States	66	%	68	%
United Kingdom	7		7
Germany	6		5
Other	21		20

Total	100	%	100	%


		138


	OTC Derivative Products
Country	At September 30, 2009		At December 31, 2008
United States	32	%	35	%
Cayman Islands	13		10
United Kingdom	9		9
Italy	7		6
France	4		3
Germany	4		3
Jersey	3		3
Ireland	3		2
Japan	2		3
Other	23		26

Total	100	%	100	%

Industry Exposure. The following tables show the Company’s percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by industry as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008:


	Corporate Lending Exposure
Industry	At September 30, 2009		At December 31, 2008
Utilities-related	15	%	13	%
Consumer-related entities	10		10
Financial institutions	9		10
Telecommunications	9		11
Technology-related industries	7		8
General industrials	7		7
Healthcare-related entities	7		5
Media-related entities	6		7
Energy-related entities	5		5
Other	25		24

Total	100	%	100	%


	OTC Derivative Products
Industry	At September 30, 2009		At December 31, 2008
Financial institutions	40	%	38	%
Sovereign entities	20		15
Insurance	9		13
Utilities-related entities	7		6
Transportation-related entities	4		11
Other	20		17

Total	100	%	100	%


		139

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) occurred during the period covered by this report that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.


		140

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Revenue


	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
	Average Balance(1)		Interest		Annualized Average Rate
	(dollars in millions)
Assets
Interest earning assets:
Financial instruments owned(2)	$	205,710	$	3,857	2.5	%
Receivables from other loans(3)		6,604		120	2.4
Interest bearing deposits with banks(4)		61,923		224	0.5
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed		247,895		736	0.4
Other		45,749		969	2.8

Total interest earning assets	$	567,881	$	5,906	1.4	%

Non-interest earning assets		147,345

Total assets	$	715,226

Liabilities and Equity
Interest bearing liabilities:
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings	$	3,601	$	43	1.6	%
Deposits		60,712		365	0.8
Long-term debt		180,839		4,073	3.0
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(2)		65,876		—	—
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned		149,971		1,140	1.0
Other		111,969		38	—

Total interest bearing liabilities	$	572,968	$	5,659	1.3	%

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity		142,258

Total liabilities and equity	$	715,226

Net interest and net interest rate spread			$	247	0.1	%

(1)	The Company calculates its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances are unavailable, month-end balances are used.

(2)	Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased is reported as a reduction of Interest and dividends revenues.

(3)	Non-accrual loans are included in the respective average loan balances.

(4)	Amounts include interest earning customer segregated cash.


		141

Part II—Other Information.

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings.

In addition to the matters described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008 (the “Form 10-K”), the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2009 (the “First Quarter Form 10-Q”) and June 30, 2009 (the “Second Quarter Form 10-Q”) and those described below, in the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions, and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how or if such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved, or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such matters could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular future period, depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues or income for such period.

The following developments have occurred with respect to certain matters previously reported in the Form 10-K, the First Quarter Form 10-Q and/or the Second Quarter Form 10-Q:

IPO Allocation Matters.

On October 5, 2009, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “SDNY”) granted final approval to the global settlement of In re Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation.

Residential Mortgage-related Matters.

On July 29, 2009, the SDNY issued an order consolidating the putative class action lawsuits styled Police and Fire Retirement System of the City of Detroit v. IndyMac MBS, Inc., et al. and Wyoming State Treasurer v. Olinski, et al. The consolidated cases will be referred to collectively as In re IndyMac Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation. On October 9, 2009, the lead plaintiff filed a Consolidated Class Action Complaint adding claims against the Company related to the offering of mortgage pass through certificates by an additional trust.

On August 25, 2009, Colonial BancGroup, Inc. (“Colonial”) filed for bankruptcy. This may decrease or eliminate the value of the indemnity that the Company received from Colonial. As previously disclosed, the Company has been named as one of the underwriter defendants in a putative class action lawsuit styled In re Colonial BancGroup, Inc. Securities Litigation, pending in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Alabama brought under Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, related to offerings of securities issued by Colonial. The Company and other underwriting defendants moved to dismiss the Consolidated Class Action Complaint on September 25, 2009.


		142

On September 15, 2009, the lead plaintiff in In re Morgan Stanley Mortgage Pass-Through Certificate Litig. filed a Consolidated Amended Complaint.

On October 27, 2009, the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Washington in In re Washington Mutual, Inc. Securities Litigation granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

Environmental Matters.

On September 30, 2009, the Company entered into an administrative settlement agreement with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) to resolve certain matters disclosed in the Company’s Form 10-K. The Company and the EPA agreed to resolve these matters for a civil penalty of $405,000.

Item 1A.

Risk Factors.

For a discussion of the risk factors affecting the Company, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Form 10-K.


		143

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Company of its common stock during the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)


Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid Per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased As Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (C)	Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
Month #1 (July 1, 2009—July 31, 2009)

Share Repurchase Program (A)	—		—	—	$	1,560
Employee Transactions (B)	544,308	$	28.46	—		—

Month #2 (August 1, 2009—August 31, 2009)

Share Repurchase Program (A)	—		—	—	$	1,560
Employee Transactions (B)	37,958	$	28.73	—		—

Month #3 (September 1, 2009—September 30, 2009)

Share Repurchase Program (A)	—		—	—	$	1,560
Employee Transactions (B)	73,517	$	28.59	—		—

Total

Share Repurchase Program (A)	—		—	—	$	1,560
Employee Transactions (B)	655,783	$	28.49	—		—

(A)

On December 19, 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Company’s outstanding stock under a new share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date.

(B)

Includes: (1) shares delivered or attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee and director stock options (granted under employee and director stock compensation plans) who exercised options; (2) shares withheld, delivered or attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of restricted shares; and (3) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units. The Company’s employee and director stock compensation plans provide that the value of the shares withheld, delivered or attested shall be valued using the fair market value of the Company common stock on the date the relevant transaction occurs, using a valuation methodology established by the Company.

(C)	Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Company deems appropriate.

Item 6.

Exhibits.

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Report on Page E-1.


		144

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


MORGAN STANLEY (Registrant)

By:		/s/ COLM KELLEHER
		Colm Kelleher Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

By:		/s/ PAUL C. WIRTH
		Paul C. Wirth Controller and Principal Accounting Officer

Date: November 6, 2009


		145

EXHIBIT INDEX

MORGAN STANLEY

Quarter Ended September 30, 2009


Exhibit No.		Description

10		Transaction Agreement dated as of October 19, 2009 between Morgan Stanley and Invesco Ltd.

12		Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.

15		Letter of awareness from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated November 6, 2009, concerning unaudited interim financial information.

18		Letter Re: Change in Accounting Principles.

31.1		Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

31.2		Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

32.1		Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

32.2		Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

101		Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition – September 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income – Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, (v) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity – For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009, (vi) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity – For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008, and (vii) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), tagged as blocks of text.*

*	As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

E-1

LOGO